]>
Commit | Line | Data |
---|---|---|
eab89b90 | 1 | /* Search an insn for pseudo regs that must be in hard regs and are not. |
2d55b7e8 | 2 | Copyright (C) 1987, 88, 89, 92, 93, 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
eab89b90 RK |
3 | |
4 | This file is part of GNU CC. | |
5 | ||
6 | GNU CC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | |
7 | it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | |
8 | the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) | |
9 | any later version. | |
10 | ||
11 | GNU CC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |
12 | but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |
13 | MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |
14 | GNU General Public License for more details. | |
15 | ||
16 | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |
17 | along with GNU CC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to | |
18 | the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */ | |
19 | ||
20 | ||
21 | /* This file contains subroutines used only from the file reload1.c. | |
22 | It knows how to scan one insn for operands and values | |
23 | that need to be copied into registers to make valid code. | |
24 | It also finds other operands and values which are valid | |
25 | but for which equivalent values in registers exist and | |
26 | ought to be used instead. | |
27 | ||
28 | Before processing the first insn of the function, call `init_reload'. | |
29 | ||
30 | To scan an insn, call `find_reloads'. This does two things: | |
31 | 1. sets up tables describing which values must be reloaded | |
32 | for this insn, and what kind of hard regs they must be reloaded into; | |
33 | 2. optionally record the locations where those values appear in | |
34 | the data, so they can be replaced properly later. | |
35 | This is done only if the second arg to `find_reloads' is nonzero. | |
36 | ||
37 | The third arg to `find_reloads' specifies the number of levels | |
38 | of indirect addressing supported by the machine. If it is zero, | |
39 | indirect addressing is not valid. If it is one, (MEM (REG n)) | |
40 | is valid even if (REG n) did not get a hard register; if it is two, | |
41 | (MEM (MEM (REG n))) is also valid even if (REG n) did not get a | |
42 | hard register, and similarly for higher values. | |
43 | ||
44 | Then you must choose the hard regs to reload those pseudo regs into, | |
45 | and generate appropriate load insns before this insn and perhaps | |
46 | also store insns after this insn. Set up the array `reload_reg_rtx' | |
47 | to contain the REG rtx's for the registers you used. In some | |
48 | cases `find_reloads' will return a nonzero value in `reload_reg_rtx' | |
49 | for certain reloads. Then that tells you which register to use, | |
50 | so you do not need to allocate one. But you still do need to add extra | |
51 | instructions to copy the value into and out of that register. | |
52 | ||
53 | Finally you must call `subst_reloads' to substitute the reload reg rtx's | |
54 | into the locations already recorded. | |
55 | ||
56 | NOTE SIDE EFFECTS: | |
57 | ||
58 | find_reloads can alter the operands of the instruction it is called on. | |
59 | ||
60 | 1. Two operands of any sort may be interchanged, if they are in a | |
61 | commutative instruction. | |
62 | This happens only if find_reloads thinks the instruction will compile | |
63 | better that way. | |
64 | ||
65 | 2. Pseudo-registers that are equivalent to constants are replaced | |
66 | with those constants if they are not in hard registers. | |
67 | ||
68 | 1 happens every time find_reloads is called. | |
69 | 2 happens only when REPLACE is 1, which is only when | |
70 | actually doing the reloads, not when just counting them. | |
71 | ||
72 | ||
73 | Using a reload register for several reloads in one insn: | |
74 | ||
75 | When an insn has reloads, it is considered as having three parts: | |
76 | the input reloads, the insn itself after reloading, and the output reloads. | |
77 | Reloads of values used in memory addresses are often needed for only one part. | |
78 | ||
79 | When this is so, reload_when_needed records which part needs the reload. | |
80 | Two reloads for different parts of the insn can share the same reload | |
81 | register. | |
82 | ||
83 | When a reload is used for addresses in multiple parts, or when it is | |
84 | an ordinary operand, it is classified as RELOAD_OTHER, and cannot share | |
85 | a register with any other reload. */ | |
86 | ||
87 | #define REG_OK_STRICT | |
88 | ||
89 | #include "config.h" | |
90 | #include "rtl.h" | |
91 | #include "insn-config.h" | |
92 | #include "insn-codes.h" | |
93 | #include "recog.h" | |
94 | #include "reload.h" | |
95 | #include "regs.h" | |
96 | #include "hard-reg-set.h" | |
97 | #include "flags.h" | |
98 | #include "real.h" | |
99 | ||
100 | #ifndef REGISTER_MOVE_COST | |
101 | #define REGISTER_MOVE_COST(x, y) 2 | |
102 | #endif | |
103 | \f | |
104 | /* The variables set up by `find_reloads' are: | |
105 | ||
106 | n_reloads number of distinct reloads needed; max reload # + 1 | |
107 | tables indexed by reload number | |
108 | reload_in rtx for value to reload from | |
109 | reload_out rtx for where to store reload-reg afterward if nec | |
110 | (often the same as reload_in) | |
111 | reload_reg_class enum reg_class, saying what regs to reload into | |
112 | reload_inmode enum machine_mode; mode this operand should have | |
113 | when reloaded, on input. | |
114 | reload_outmode enum machine_mode; mode this operand should have | |
115 | when reloaded, on output. | |
eab89b90 RK |
116 | reload_optional char, nonzero for an optional reload. |
117 | Optional reloads are ignored unless the | |
118 | value is already sitting in a register. | |
119 | reload_inc int, positive amount to increment or decrement by if | |
120 | reload_in is a PRE_DEC, PRE_INC, POST_DEC, POST_INC. | |
121 | Ignored otherwise (don't assume it is zero). | |
122 | reload_in_reg rtx. A reg for which reload_in is the equivalent. | |
123 | If reload_in is a symbol_ref which came from | |
124 | reg_equiv_constant, then this is the pseudo | |
125 | which has that symbol_ref as equivalent. | |
126 | reload_reg_rtx rtx. This is the register to reload into. | |
127 | If it is zero when `find_reloads' returns, | |
128 | you must find a suitable register in the class | |
129 | specified by reload_reg_class, and store here | |
130 | an rtx for that register with mode from | |
131 | reload_inmode or reload_outmode. | |
132 | reload_nocombine char, nonzero if this reload shouldn't be | |
133 | combined with another reload. | |
a8c9daeb RK |
134 | reload_opnum int, operand number being reloaded. This is |
135 | used to group related reloads and need not always | |
136 | be equal to the actual operand number in the insn, | |
137 | though it current will be; for in-out operands, it | |
138 | is one of the two operand numbers. | |
139 | reload_when_needed enum, classifies reload as needed either for | |
eab89b90 RK |
140 | addressing an input reload, addressing an output, |
141 | for addressing a non-reloaded mem ref, | |
142 | or for unspecified purposes (i.e., more than one | |
143 | of the above). | |
eab89b90 | 144 | reload_secondary_p int, 1 if this is a secondary register for one |
9ec7078b RK |
145 | or more reloads. |
146 | reload_secondary_in_reload | |
147 | reload_secondary_out_reload | |
148 | int, gives the reload number of a secondary | |
149 | reload, when needed; otherwise -1 | |
150 | reload_secondary_in_icode | |
151 | reload_secondary_out_icode | |
152 | enum insn_code, if a secondary reload is required, | |
eab89b90 RK |
153 | gives the INSN_CODE that uses the secondary |
154 | reload as a scratch register, or CODE_FOR_nothing | |
155 | if the secondary reload register is to be an | |
156 | intermediate register. */ | |
157 | int n_reloads; | |
158 | ||
159 | rtx reload_in[MAX_RELOADS]; | |
160 | rtx reload_out[MAX_RELOADS]; | |
161 | enum reg_class reload_reg_class[MAX_RELOADS]; | |
162 | enum machine_mode reload_inmode[MAX_RELOADS]; | |
163 | enum machine_mode reload_outmode[MAX_RELOADS]; | |
eab89b90 RK |
164 | rtx reload_reg_rtx[MAX_RELOADS]; |
165 | char reload_optional[MAX_RELOADS]; | |
166 | int reload_inc[MAX_RELOADS]; | |
167 | rtx reload_in_reg[MAX_RELOADS]; | |
168 | char reload_nocombine[MAX_RELOADS]; | |
a8c9daeb RK |
169 | int reload_opnum[MAX_RELOADS]; |
170 | enum reload_type reload_when_needed[MAX_RELOADS]; | |
eab89b90 | 171 | int reload_secondary_p[MAX_RELOADS]; |
9ec7078b RK |
172 | int reload_secondary_in_reload[MAX_RELOADS]; |
173 | int reload_secondary_out_reload[MAX_RELOADS]; | |
174 | enum insn_code reload_secondary_in_icode[MAX_RELOADS]; | |
175 | enum insn_code reload_secondary_out_icode[MAX_RELOADS]; | |
eab89b90 RK |
176 | |
177 | /* All the "earlyclobber" operands of the current insn | |
178 | are recorded here. */ | |
179 | int n_earlyclobbers; | |
180 | rtx reload_earlyclobbers[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; | |
181 | ||
a8c9daeb RK |
182 | int reload_n_operands; |
183 | ||
eab89b90 RK |
184 | /* Replacing reloads. |
185 | ||
186 | If `replace_reloads' is nonzero, then as each reload is recorded | |
187 | an entry is made for it in the table `replacements'. | |
188 | Then later `subst_reloads' can look through that table and | |
189 | perform all the replacements needed. */ | |
190 | ||
191 | /* Nonzero means record the places to replace. */ | |
192 | static int replace_reloads; | |
193 | ||
194 | /* Each replacement is recorded with a structure like this. */ | |
195 | struct replacement | |
196 | { | |
197 | rtx *where; /* Location to store in */ | |
198 | rtx *subreg_loc; /* Location of SUBREG if WHERE is inside | |
199 | a SUBREG; 0 otherwise. */ | |
200 | int what; /* which reload this is for */ | |
201 | enum machine_mode mode; /* mode it must have */ | |
202 | }; | |
203 | ||
204 | static struct replacement replacements[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS * ((MAX_REGS_PER_ADDRESS * 2) + 1)]; | |
205 | ||
206 | /* Number of replacements currently recorded. */ | |
207 | static int n_replacements; | |
208 | ||
a8c9daeb RK |
209 | /* Used to track what is modified by an operand. */ |
210 | struct decomposition | |
211 | { | |
212 | int reg_flag; /* Nonzero if referencing a register. */ | |
213 | int safe; /* Nonzero if this can't conflict with anything. */ | |
214 | rtx base; /* Base adddress for MEM. */ | |
215 | HOST_WIDE_INT start; /* Starting offset or register number. */ | |
216 | HOST_WIDE_INT end; /* Endinf offset or register number. */ | |
217 | }; | |
218 | ||
eab89b90 RK |
219 | /* MEM-rtx's created for pseudo-regs in stack slots not directly addressable; |
220 | (see reg_equiv_address). */ | |
221 | static rtx memlocs[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS * ((MAX_REGS_PER_ADDRESS * 2) + 1)]; | |
222 | static int n_memlocs; | |
223 | ||
0dadecf6 RK |
224 | #ifdef SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED |
225 | ||
226 | /* Save MEMs needed to copy from one class of registers to another. One MEM | |
227 | is used per mode, but normally only one or two modes are ever used. | |
228 | ||
a8c9daeb RK |
229 | We keep two versions, before and after register elimination. The one |
230 | after register elimination is record separately for each operand. This | |
231 | is done in case the address is not valid to be sure that we separately | |
232 | reload each. */ | |
0dadecf6 RK |
233 | |
234 | static rtx secondary_memlocs[NUM_MACHINE_MODES]; | |
77545d45 | 235 | static rtx secondary_memlocs_elim[NUM_MACHINE_MODES][MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; |
0dadecf6 RK |
236 | #endif |
237 | ||
eab89b90 RK |
238 | /* The instruction we are doing reloads for; |
239 | so we can test whether a register dies in it. */ | |
240 | static rtx this_insn; | |
241 | ||
242 | /* Nonzero if this instruction is a user-specified asm with operands. */ | |
243 | static int this_insn_is_asm; | |
244 | ||
245 | /* If hard_regs_live_known is nonzero, | |
246 | we can tell which hard regs are currently live, | |
247 | at least enough to succeed in choosing dummy reloads. */ | |
248 | static int hard_regs_live_known; | |
249 | ||
250 | /* Indexed by hard reg number, | |
251 | element is nonegative if hard reg has been spilled. | |
252 | This vector is passed to `find_reloads' as an argument | |
253 | and is not changed here. */ | |
254 | static short *static_reload_reg_p; | |
255 | ||
256 | /* Set to 1 in subst_reg_equivs if it changes anything. */ | |
257 | static int subst_reg_equivs_changed; | |
258 | ||
259 | /* On return from push_reload, holds the reload-number for the OUT | |
260 | operand, which can be different for that from the input operand. */ | |
261 | static int output_reloadnum; | |
262 | ||
9ec7078b RK |
263 | /* Compare two RTX's. */ |
264 | #define MATCHES(x, y) \ | |
265 | (x == y || (x != 0 && (GET_CODE (x) == REG \ | |
266 | ? GET_CODE (y) == REG && REGNO (x) == REGNO (y) \ | |
267 | : rtx_equal_p (x, y) && ! side_effects_p (x)))) | |
268 | ||
269 | /* Indicates if two reloads purposes are for similar enough things that we | |
270 | can merge their reloads. */ | |
271 | #define MERGABLE_RELOADS(when1, when2, op1, op2) \ | |
272 | ((when1) == RELOAD_OTHER || (when2) == RELOAD_OTHER \ | |
273 | || ((when1) == (when2) && (op1) == (op2)) \ | |
274 | || ((when1) == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT && (when2) == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT) \ | |
275 | || ((when1) == RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS \ | |
276 | && (when2) == RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS) \ | |
277 | || ((when1) == RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS \ | |
278 | && (when2) == RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS)) | |
279 | ||
280 | /* Nonzero if these two reload purposes produce RELOAD_OTHER when merged. */ | |
281 | #define MERGE_TO_OTHER(when1, when2, op1, op2) \ | |
282 | ((when1) != (when2) \ | |
283 | || ! ((op1) == (op2) \ | |
284 | || (when1) == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT \ | |
285 | || (when1) == RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS \ | |
286 | || (when1) == RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS)) | |
287 | ||
288 | static int push_secondary_reload PROTO((int, rtx, int, int, enum reg_class, | |
289 | enum machine_mode, enum reload_type, | |
290 | enum insn_code *)); | |
a8c9daeb RK |
291 | static int push_reload PROTO((rtx, rtx, rtx *, rtx *, enum reg_class, |
292 | enum machine_mode, enum machine_mode, | |
293 | int, int, int, enum reload_type)); | |
294 | static void push_replacement PROTO((rtx *, int, enum machine_mode)); | |
295 | static void combine_reloads PROTO((void)); | |
296 | static rtx find_dummy_reload PROTO((rtx, rtx, rtx *, rtx *, | |
36b50568 | 297 | enum machine_mode, enum machine_mode, |
a8c9daeb | 298 | enum reg_class, int)); |
4644aad4 | 299 | static int earlyclobber_operand_p PROTO((rtx)); |
a8c9daeb RK |
300 | static int hard_reg_set_here_p PROTO((int, int, rtx)); |
301 | static struct decomposition decompose PROTO((rtx)); | |
302 | static int immune_p PROTO((rtx, rtx, struct decomposition)); | |
303 | static int alternative_allows_memconst PROTO((char *, int)); | |
304 | static rtx find_reloads_toplev PROTO((rtx, int, enum reload_type, int, int)); | |
305 | static rtx make_memloc PROTO((rtx, int)); | |
306 | static int find_reloads_address PROTO((enum machine_mode, rtx *, rtx, rtx *, | |
307 | int, enum reload_type, int)); | |
308 | static rtx subst_reg_equivs PROTO((rtx)); | |
309 | static rtx subst_indexed_address PROTO((rtx)); | |
310 | static int find_reloads_address_1 PROTO((rtx, int, rtx *, int, | |
311 | enum reload_type,int)); | |
312 | static void find_reloads_address_part PROTO((rtx, rtx *, enum reg_class, | |
313 | enum machine_mode, int, | |
314 | enum reload_type, int)); | |
315 | static int find_inc_amount PROTO((rtx, rtx)); | |
eab89b90 RK |
316 | \f |
317 | #ifdef HAVE_SECONDARY_RELOADS | |
318 | ||
319 | /* Determine if any secondary reloads are needed for loading (if IN_P is | |
320 | non-zero) or storing (if IN_P is zero) X to or from a reload register of | |
9ec7078b RK |
321 | register class RELOAD_CLASS in mode RELOAD_MODE. If secondary reloads |
322 | are needed, push them. | |
323 | ||
324 | Return the reload number of the secondary reload we made, or -1 if | |
325 | we didn't need one. *PICODE is set to the insn_code to use if we do | |
326 | need a secondary reload. */ | |
327 | ||
328 | static int | |
329 | push_secondary_reload (in_p, x, opnum, optional, reload_class, reload_mode, | |
330 | type, picode) | |
331 | int in_p; | |
eab89b90 | 332 | rtx x; |
9ec7078b RK |
333 | int opnum; |
334 | int optional; | |
eab89b90 RK |
335 | enum reg_class reload_class; |
336 | enum machine_mode reload_mode; | |
9ec7078b | 337 | enum reload_type type; |
eab89b90 | 338 | enum insn_code *picode; |
eab89b90 RK |
339 | { |
340 | enum reg_class class = NO_REGS; | |
341 | enum machine_mode mode = reload_mode; | |
342 | enum insn_code icode = CODE_FOR_nothing; | |
343 | enum reg_class t_class = NO_REGS; | |
344 | enum machine_mode t_mode = VOIDmode; | |
345 | enum insn_code t_icode = CODE_FOR_nothing; | |
d94d2abc | 346 | enum reload_type secondary_type; |
9ec7078b RK |
347 | int i; |
348 | int s_reload, t_reload = -1; | |
349 | ||
d94d2abc RK |
350 | if (type == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS || type == RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS) |
351 | secondary_type = type; | |
352 | else | |
353 | secondary_type = in_p ? RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS : RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS; | |
354 | ||
9ec7078b | 355 | *picode = CODE_FOR_nothing; |
eab89b90 | 356 | |
d45cf215 RS |
357 | /* If X is a pseudo-register that has an equivalent MEM (actually, if it |
358 | is still a pseudo-register by now, it *must* have an equivalent MEM | |
359 | but we don't want to assume that), use that equivalent when seeing if | |
360 | a secondary reload is needed since whether or not a reload is needed | |
361 | might be sensitive to the form of the MEM. */ | |
362 | ||
363 | if (GET_CODE (x) == REG && REGNO (x) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
364 | && reg_equiv_mem[REGNO (x)] != 0) | |
365 | x = reg_equiv_mem[REGNO (x)]; | |
366 | ||
eab89b90 RK |
367 | #ifdef SECONDARY_INPUT_RELOAD_CLASS |
368 | if (in_p) | |
369 | class = SECONDARY_INPUT_RELOAD_CLASS (reload_class, reload_mode, x); | |
370 | #endif | |
371 | ||
372 | #ifdef SECONDARY_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS | |
373 | if (! in_p) | |
374 | class = SECONDARY_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS (reload_class, reload_mode, x); | |
375 | #endif | |
376 | ||
9ec7078b | 377 | /* If we don't need any secondary registers, done. */ |
eab89b90 | 378 | if (class == NO_REGS) |
9ec7078b | 379 | return -1; |
eab89b90 RK |
380 | |
381 | /* Get a possible insn to use. If the predicate doesn't accept X, don't | |
382 | use the insn. */ | |
383 | ||
384 | icode = (in_p ? reload_in_optab[(int) reload_mode] | |
385 | : reload_out_optab[(int) reload_mode]); | |
386 | ||
387 | if (icode != CODE_FOR_nothing | |
388 | && insn_operand_predicate[(int) icode][in_p] | |
389 | && (! (insn_operand_predicate[(int) icode][in_p]) (x, reload_mode))) | |
390 | icode = CODE_FOR_nothing; | |
391 | ||
392 | /* If we will be using an insn, see if it can directly handle the reload | |
393 | register we will be using. If it can, the secondary reload is for a | |
394 | scratch register. If it can't, we will use the secondary reload for | |
395 | an intermediate register and require a tertiary reload for the scratch | |
396 | register. */ | |
397 | ||
398 | if (icode != CODE_FOR_nothing) | |
399 | { | |
400 | /* If IN_P is non-zero, the reload register will be the output in | |
401 | operand 0. If IN_P is zero, the reload register will be the input | |
402 | in operand 1. Outputs should have an initial "=", which we must | |
403 | skip. */ | |
404 | ||
d45cf215 | 405 | char insn_letter = insn_operand_constraint[(int) icode][!in_p][in_p]; |
eab89b90 | 406 | enum reg_class insn_class |
d45cf215 RS |
407 | = (insn_letter == 'r' ? GENERAL_REGS |
408 | : REG_CLASS_FROM_LETTER (insn_letter)); | |
eab89b90 RK |
409 | |
410 | if (insn_class == NO_REGS | |
411 | || (in_p && insn_operand_constraint[(int) icode][!in_p][0] != '=') | |
412 | /* The scratch register's constraint must start with "=&". */ | |
413 | || insn_operand_constraint[(int) icode][2][0] != '=' | |
414 | || insn_operand_constraint[(int) icode][2][1] != '&') | |
415 | abort (); | |
416 | ||
417 | if (reg_class_subset_p (reload_class, insn_class)) | |
418 | mode = insn_operand_mode[(int) icode][2]; | |
419 | else | |
420 | { | |
d45cf215 | 421 | char t_letter = insn_operand_constraint[(int) icode][2][2]; |
eab89b90 RK |
422 | class = insn_class; |
423 | t_mode = insn_operand_mode[(int) icode][2]; | |
d45cf215 RS |
424 | t_class = (t_letter == 'r' ? GENERAL_REGS |
425 | : REG_CLASS_FROM_LETTER (t_letter)); | |
eab89b90 RK |
426 | t_icode = icode; |
427 | icode = CODE_FOR_nothing; | |
428 | } | |
429 | } | |
430 | ||
9ec7078b RK |
431 | /* This case isn't valid, so fail. Reload is allowed to use the same |
432 | register for RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS and RELOAD_FOR_INPUT reloads, but | |
433 | in the case of a secondary register, we actually need two different | |
434 | registers for correct code. We fail here to prevent the possibility of | |
435 | silently generating incorrect code later. | |
436 | ||
437 | The convention is that secondary input reloads are valid only if the | |
438 | secondary_class is different from class. If you have such a case, you | |
439 | can not use secondary reloads, you must work around the problem some | |
440 | other way. | |
441 | ||
442 | Allow this when MODE is not reload_mode and assume that the generated | |
443 | code handles this case (it does on the Alpha, which is the only place | |
444 | this currently happens). */ | |
445 | ||
446 | if (in_p && class == reload_class && mode == reload_mode) | |
447 | abort (); | |
448 | ||
449 | /* If we need a tertiary reload, see if we have one we can reuse or else | |
450 | make a new one. */ | |
451 | ||
452 | if (t_class != NO_REGS) | |
453 | { | |
454 | for (t_reload = 0; t_reload < n_reloads; t_reload++) | |
455 | if (reload_secondary_p[t_reload] | |
456 | && (reg_class_subset_p (t_class, reload_reg_class[t_reload]) | |
457 | || reg_class_subset_p (reload_reg_class[t_reload], t_class)) | |
458 | && ((in_p && reload_inmode[t_reload] == t_mode) | |
459 | || (! in_p && reload_outmode[t_reload] == t_mode)) | |
460 | && ((in_p && (reload_secondary_in_icode[t_reload] | |
461 | == CODE_FOR_nothing)) | |
462 | || (! in_p &&(reload_secondary_out_icode[t_reload] | |
463 | == CODE_FOR_nothing))) | |
464 | && (reg_class_size[(int) t_class] == 1 | |
465 | #ifdef SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES | |
466 | || 1 | |
467 | #endif | |
468 | ) | |
469 | && MERGABLE_RELOADS (secondary_type, | |
470 | reload_when_needed[t_reload], | |
471 | opnum, reload_opnum[t_reload])) | |
472 | { | |
473 | if (in_p) | |
474 | reload_inmode[t_reload] = t_mode; | |
475 | if (! in_p) | |
476 | reload_outmode[t_reload] = t_mode; | |
477 | ||
478 | if (reg_class_subset_p (t_class, reload_reg_class[t_reload])) | |
479 | reload_reg_class[t_reload] = t_class; | |
480 | ||
481 | reload_opnum[t_reload] = MIN (reload_opnum[t_reload], opnum); | |
482 | reload_optional[t_reload] &= optional; | |
483 | reload_secondary_p[t_reload] = 1; | |
484 | if (MERGE_TO_OTHER (secondary_type, reload_when_needed[t_reload], | |
485 | opnum, reload_opnum[t_reload])) | |
486 | reload_when_needed[t_reload] = RELOAD_OTHER; | |
487 | } | |
488 | ||
489 | if (t_reload == n_reloads) | |
490 | { | |
491 | /* We need to make a new tertiary reload for this register class. */ | |
492 | reload_in[t_reload] = reload_out[t_reload] = 0; | |
493 | reload_reg_class[t_reload] = t_class; | |
494 | reload_inmode[t_reload] = in_p ? t_mode : VOIDmode; | |
495 | reload_outmode[t_reload] = ! in_p ? t_mode : VOIDmode; | |
496 | reload_reg_rtx[t_reload] = 0; | |
497 | reload_optional[t_reload] = optional; | |
498 | reload_inc[t_reload] = 0; | |
499 | /* Maybe we could combine these, but it seems too tricky. */ | |
500 | reload_nocombine[t_reload] = 1; | |
501 | reload_in_reg[t_reload] = 0; | |
502 | reload_opnum[t_reload] = opnum; | |
503 | reload_when_needed[t_reload] = secondary_type; | |
504 | reload_secondary_in_reload[t_reload] = -1; | |
505 | reload_secondary_out_reload[t_reload] = -1; | |
506 | reload_secondary_in_icode[t_reload] = CODE_FOR_nothing; | |
507 | reload_secondary_out_icode[t_reload] = CODE_FOR_nothing; | |
508 | reload_secondary_p[t_reload] = 1; | |
509 | ||
510 | n_reloads++; | |
511 | } | |
512 | } | |
513 | ||
514 | /* See if we can reuse an existing secondary reload. */ | |
515 | for (s_reload = 0; s_reload < n_reloads; s_reload++) | |
516 | if (reload_secondary_p[s_reload] | |
517 | && (reg_class_subset_p (class, reload_reg_class[s_reload]) | |
518 | || reg_class_subset_p (reload_reg_class[s_reload], class)) | |
519 | && ((in_p && reload_inmode[s_reload] == mode) | |
520 | || (! in_p && reload_outmode[s_reload] == mode)) | |
521 | && ((in_p && reload_secondary_in_reload[s_reload] == t_reload) | |
522 | || (! in_p && reload_secondary_out_reload[s_reload] == t_reload)) | |
523 | && ((in_p && reload_secondary_in_icode[s_reload] == t_icode) | |
524 | || (! in_p && reload_secondary_out_icode[s_reload] == t_icode)) | |
525 | && (reg_class_size[(int) class] == 1 | |
526 | #ifdef SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES | |
527 | || 1 | |
528 | #endif | |
529 | ) | |
530 | && MERGABLE_RELOADS (secondary_type, reload_when_needed[s_reload], | |
531 | opnum, reload_opnum[s_reload])) | |
532 | { | |
533 | if (in_p) | |
534 | reload_inmode[s_reload] = mode; | |
535 | if (! in_p) | |
536 | reload_outmode[s_reload] = mode; | |
537 | ||
538 | if (reg_class_subset_p (class, reload_reg_class[s_reload])) | |
539 | reload_reg_class[s_reload] = class; | |
540 | ||
541 | reload_opnum[s_reload] = MIN (reload_opnum[s_reload], opnum); | |
542 | reload_optional[s_reload] &= optional; | |
543 | reload_secondary_p[s_reload] = 1; | |
544 | if (MERGE_TO_OTHER (secondary_type, reload_when_needed[s_reload], | |
545 | opnum, reload_opnum[s_reload])) | |
546 | reload_when_needed[s_reload] = RELOAD_OTHER; | |
547 | } | |
eab89b90 | 548 | |
9ec7078b RK |
549 | if (s_reload == n_reloads) |
550 | { | |
551 | /* We need to make a new secondary reload for this register class. */ | |
552 | reload_in[s_reload] = reload_out[s_reload] = 0; | |
553 | reload_reg_class[s_reload] = class; | |
554 | ||
555 | reload_inmode[s_reload] = in_p ? mode : VOIDmode; | |
556 | reload_outmode[s_reload] = ! in_p ? mode : VOIDmode; | |
557 | reload_reg_rtx[s_reload] = 0; | |
558 | reload_optional[s_reload] = optional; | |
559 | reload_inc[s_reload] = 0; | |
560 | /* Maybe we could combine these, but it seems too tricky. */ | |
561 | reload_nocombine[s_reload] = 1; | |
562 | reload_in_reg[s_reload] = 0; | |
563 | reload_opnum[s_reload] = opnum; | |
564 | reload_when_needed[s_reload] = secondary_type; | |
565 | reload_secondary_in_reload[s_reload] = in_p ? t_reload : -1; | |
566 | reload_secondary_out_reload[s_reload] = ! in_p ? t_reload : -1; | |
567 | reload_secondary_in_icode[s_reload] = in_p ? t_icode : CODE_FOR_nothing; | |
568 | reload_secondary_out_icode[s_reload] | |
569 | = ! in_p ? t_icode : CODE_FOR_nothing; | |
570 | reload_secondary_p[s_reload] = 1; | |
571 | ||
572 | n_reloads++; | |
573 | ||
574 | #ifdef SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED | |
575 | /* If we need a memory location to copy between the two reload regs, | |
576 | set it up now. */ | |
577 | ||
578 | if (in_p && icode == CODE_FOR_nothing | |
579 | && SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED (class, reload_class, reload_mode)) | |
580 | get_secondary_mem (x, reload_mode, opnum, type); | |
581 | ||
582 | if (! in_p && icode == CODE_FOR_nothing | |
583 | && SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED (reload_class, class, reload_mode)) | |
584 | get_secondary_mem (x, reload_mode, opnum, type); | |
585 | #endif | |
586 | } | |
587 | ||
588 | *picode = icode; | |
589 | return s_reload; | |
eab89b90 RK |
590 | } |
591 | #endif /* HAVE_SECONDARY_RELOADS */ | |
592 | \f | |
0dadecf6 RK |
593 | #ifdef SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED |
594 | ||
595 | /* Return a memory location that will be used to copy X in mode MODE. | |
596 | If we haven't already made a location for this mode in this insn, | |
597 | call find_reloads_address on the location being returned. */ | |
598 | ||
599 | rtx | |
a8c9daeb | 600 | get_secondary_mem (x, mode, opnum, type) |
0dadecf6 RK |
601 | rtx x; |
602 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
a8c9daeb RK |
603 | int opnum; |
604 | enum reload_type type; | |
0dadecf6 RK |
605 | { |
606 | rtx loc; | |
607 | int mem_valid; | |
608 | ||
64609742 RK |
609 | /* By default, if MODE is narrower than a word, widen it to a word. |
610 | This is required because most machines that require these memory | |
611 | locations do not support short load and stores from all registers | |
612 | (e.g., FP registers). */ | |
613 | ||
614 | #ifdef SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED_MODE | |
615 | mode = SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED_MODE (mode); | |
616 | #else | |
0dadecf6 RK |
617 | if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) < BITS_PER_WORD) |
618 | mode = mode_for_size (BITS_PER_WORD, GET_MODE_CLASS (mode), 0); | |
64609742 | 619 | #endif |
0dadecf6 | 620 | |
77545d45 RK |
621 | /* If we already have made a MEM for this operand in MODE, return it. */ |
622 | if (secondary_memlocs_elim[(int) mode][opnum] != 0) | |
623 | return secondary_memlocs_elim[(int) mode][opnum]; | |
0dadecf6 RK |
624 | |
625 | /* If this is the first time we've tried to get a MEM for this mode, | |
626 | allocate a new one. `something_changed' in reload will get set | |
627 | by noticing that the frame size has changed. */ | |
628 | ||
629 | if (secondary_memlocs[(int) mode] == 0) | |
b24a53d5 JW |
630 | { |
631 | #ifdef SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED_RTX | |
632 | secondary_memlocs[(int) mode] = SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED_RTX (mode); | |
633 | #else | |
634 | secondary_memlocs[(int) mode] | |
635 | = assign_stack_local (mode, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), 0); | |
636 | #endif | |
637 | } | |
0dadecf6 RK |
638 | |
639 | /* Get a version of the address doing any eliminations needed. If that | |
640 | didn't give us a new MEM, make a new one if it isn't valid. */ | |
641 | ||
a8c9daeb | 642 | loc = eliminate_regs (secondary_memlocs[(int) mode], VOIDmode, NULL_RTX); |
0dadecf6 RK |
643 | mem_valid = strict_memory_address_p (mode, XEXP (loc, 0)); |
644 | ||
645 | if (! mem_valid && loc == secondary_memlocs[(int) mode]) | |
646 | loc = copy_rtx (loc); | |
647 | ||
648 | /* The only time the call below will do anything is if the stack | |
649 | offset is too large. In that case IND_LEVELS doesn't matter, so we | |
a8c9daeb RK |
650 | can just pass a zero. Adjust the type to be the address of the |
651 | corresponding object. If the address was valid, save the eliminated | |
652 | address. If it wasn't valid, we need to make a reload each time, so | |
653 | don't save it. */ | |
0dadecf6 | 654 | |
a8c9daeb RK |
655 | if (! mem_valid) |
656 | { | |
657 | type = (type == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT ? RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS | |
658 | : type == RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT ? RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS | |
659 | : RELOAD_OTHER); | |
8d618585 | 660 | |
a8c9daeb RK |
661 | find_reloads_address (mode, NULL_PTR, XEXP (loc, 0), &XEXP (loc, 0), |
662 | opnum, type, 0); | |
663 | } | |
0dadecf6 | 664 | |
77545d45 | 665 | secondary_memlocs_elim[(int) mode][opnum] = loc; |
0dadecf6 RK |
666 | return loc; |
667 | } | |
668 | ||
669 | /* Clear any secondary memory locations we've made. */ | |
670 | ||
671 | void | |
672 | clear_secondary_mem () | |
673 | { | |
4c9a05bc | 674 | bzero ((char *) secondary_memlocs, sizeof secondary_memlocs); |
0dadecf6 RK |
675 | } |
676 | #endif /* SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED */ | |
677 | \f | |
a8c9daeb | 678 | /* Record one reload that needs to be performed. |
eab89b90 RK |
679 | IN is an rtx saying where the data are to be found before this instruction. |
680 | OUT says where they must be stored after the instruction. | |
681 | (IN is zero for data not read, and OUT is zero for data not written.) | |
682 | INLOC and OUTLOC point to the places in the instructions where | |
683 | IN and OUT were found. | |
a8c9daeb RK |
684 | If IN and OUT are both non-zero, it means the same register must be used |
685 | to reload both IN and OUT. | |
686 | ||
eab89b90 RK |
687 | CLASS is a register class required for the reloaded data. |
688 | INMODE is the machine mode that the instruction requires | |
689 | for the reg that replaces IN and OUTMODE is likewise for OUT. | |
690 | ||
691 | If IN is zero, then OUT's location and mode should be passed as | |
692 | INLOC and INMODE. | |
693 | ||
694 | STRICT_LOW is the 1 if there is a containing STRICT_LOW_PART rtx. | |
695 | ||
696 | OPTIONAL nonzero means this reload does not need to be performed: | |
697 | it can be discarded if that is more convenient. | |
698 | ||
a8c9daeb RK |
699 | OPNUM and TYPE say what the purpose of this reload is. |
700 | ||
eab89b90 RK |
701 | The return value is the reload-number for this reload. |
702 | ||
703 | If both IN and OUT are nonzero, in some rare cases we might | |
704 | want to make two separate reloads. (Actually we never do this now.) | |
705 | Therefore, the reload-number for OUT is stored in | |
706 | output_reloadnum when we return; the return value applies to IN. | |
707 | Usually (presently always), when IN and OUT are nonzero, | |
708 | the two reload-numbers are equal, but the caller should be careful to | |
709 | distinguish them. */ | |
710 | ||
711 | static int | |
712 | push_reload (in, out, inloc, outloc, class, | |
a8c9daeb | 713 | inmode, outmode, strict_low, optional, opnum, type) |
eab89b90 RK |
714 | register rtx in, out; |
715 | rtx *inloc, *outloc; | |
716 | enum reg_class class; | |
717 | enum machine_mode inmode, outmode; | |
718 | int strict_low; | |
719 | int optional; | |
a8c9daeb RK |
720 | int opnum; |
721 | enum reload_type type; | |
eab89b90 RK |
722 | { |
723 | register int i; | |
724 | int dont_share = 0; | |
725 | rtx *in_subreg_loc = 0, *out_subreg_loc = 0; | |
9ec7078b RK |
726 | int secondary_in_reload = -1, secondary_out_reload = -1; |
727 | enum insn_code secondary_in_icode, secondary_out_icode; | |
a8c9daeb | 728 | |
eab89b90 RK |
729 | /* INMODE and/or OUTMODE could be VOIDmode if no mode |
730 | has been specified for the operand. In that case, | |
731 | use the operand's mode as the mode to reload. */ | |
732 | if (inmode == VOIDmode && in != 0) | |
733 | inmode = GET_MODE (in); | |
734 | if (outmode == VOIDmode && out != 0) | |
735 | outmode = GET_MODE (out); | |
736 | ||
737 | /* If IN is a pseudo register everywhere-equivalent to a constant, and | |
738 | it is not in a hard register, reload straight from the constant, | |
739 | since we want to get rid of such pseudo registers. | |
740 | Often this is done earlier, but not always in find_reloads_address. */ | |
741 | if (in != 0 && GET_CODE (in) == REG) | |
742 | { | |
743 | register int regno = REGNO (in); | |
744 | ||
745 | if (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER && reg_renumber[regno] < 0 | |
746 | && reg_equiv_constant[regno] != 0) | |
747 | in = reg_equiv_constant[regno]; | |
748 | } | |
749 | ||
750 | /* Likewise for OUT. Of course, OUT will never be equivalent to | |
751 | an actual constant, but it might be equivalent to a memory location | |
752 | (in the case of a parameter). */ | |
753 | if (out != 0 && GET_CODE (out) == REG) | |
754 | { | |
755 | register int regno = REGNO (out); | |
756 | ||
757 | if (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER && reg_renumber[regno] < 0 | |
758 | && reg_equiv_constant[regno] != 0) | |
759 | out = reg_equiv_constant[regno]; | |
760 | } | |
761 | ||
762 | /* If we have a read-write operand with an address side-effect, | |
763 | change either IN or OUT so the side-effect happens only once. */ | |
764 | if (in != 0 && out != 0 && GET_CODE (in) == MEM && rtx_equal_p (in, out)) | |
765 | { | |
766 | if (GET_CODE (XEXP (in, 0)) == POST_INC | |
767 | || GET_CODE (XEXP (in, 0)) == POST_DEC) | |
768 | in = gen_rtx (MEM, GET_MODE (in), XEXP (XEXP (in, 0), 0)); | |
769 | if (GET_CODE (XEXP (in, 0)) == PRE_INC | |
770 | || GET_CODE (XEXP (in, 0)) == PRE_DEC) | |
771 | out = gen_rtx (MEM, GET_MODE (out), XEXP (XEXP (out, 0), 0)); | |
772 | } | |
773 | ||
a61c98cf | 774 | /* If we are reloading a (SUBREG constant ...), really reload just the |
ca769828 | 775 | inside expression in its own mode. Similarly for (SUBREG (PLUS ...)). |
a61c98cf RK |
776 | If we have (SUBREG:M1 (MEM:M2 ...) ...) (or an inner REG that is still |
777 | a pseudo and hence will become a MEM) with M1 wider than M2 and the | |
778 | register is a pseudo, also reload the inside expression. | |
f72ccbe6 | 779 | For machines that extend byte loads, do this for any SUBREG of a pseudo |
486d8509 RK |
780 | where both M1 and M2 are a word or smaller, M1 is wider than M2, and |
781 | M2 is an integral mode that gets extended when loaded. | |
86c31b2d | 782 | Similar issue for (SUBREG:M1 (REG:M2 ...) ...) for a hard register R where |
eab89b90 RK |
783 | either M1 is not valid for R or M2 is wider than a word but we only |
784 | need one word to store an M2-sized quantity in R. | |
86c31b2d RS |
785 | (However, if OUT is nonzero, we need to reload the reg *and* |
786 | the subreg, so do nothing here, and let following statement handle it.) | |
787 | ||
eab89b90 RK |
788 | Note that the case of (SUBREG (CONST_INT...)...) is handled elsewhere; |
789 | we can't handle it here because CONST_INT does not indicate a mode. | |
790 | ||
791 | Similarly, we must reload the inside expression if we have a | |
df62f951 RK |
792 | STRICT_LOW_PART (presumably, in == out in the cas). |
793 | ||
794 | Also reload the inner expression if it does not require a secondary | |
486d8509 RK |
795 | reload but the SUBREG does. |
796 | ||
797 | Finally, reload the inner expression if it is a register that is in | |
798 | the class whose registers cannot be referenced in a different size | |
799 | and M1 is not the same size as M2. */ | |
eab89b90 RK |
800 | |
801 | if (in != 0 && GET_CODE (in) == SUBREG | |
a61c98cf | 802 | && (CONSTANT_P (SUBREG_REG (in)) |
ca769828 | 803 | || GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (in)) == PLUS |
eab89b90 | 804 | || strict_low |
a61c98cf RK |
805 | || (((GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (in)) == REG |
806 | && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (in)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
807 | || GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (in)) == MEM) | |
03b72c86 RK |
808 | && ((GET_MODE_SIZE (inmode) |
809 | > GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in)))) | |
09bf0250 | 810 | #ifdef LOAD_EXTEND_OP |
03b72c86 RK |
811 | || (GET_MODE_SIZE (inmode) <= UNITS_PER_WORD |
812 | && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in))) | |
813 | <= UNITS_PER_WORD) | |
814 | && (GET_MODE_SIZE (inmode) | |
486d8509 RK |
815 | > GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in)))) |
816 | && INTEGRAL_MODE_P (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in))) | |
817 | && LOAD_EXTEND_OP (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in))) != NIL) | |
f72ccbe6 | 818 | #endif |
03b72c86 | 819 | )) |
a61c98cf RK |
820 | || (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (in)) == REG |
821 | && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (in)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
86c31b2d RS |
822 | /* The case where out is nonzero |
823 | is handled differently in the following statement. */ | |
824 | && (out == 0 || SUBREG_WORD (in) == 0) | |
f72ccbe6 RK |
825 | && ((GET_MODE_SIZE (inmode) <= UNITS_PER_WORD |
826 | && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in))) | |
827 | > UNITS_PER_WORD) | |
828 | && ((GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in))) | |
829 | / UNITS_PER_WORD) | |
830 | != HARD_REGNO_NREGS (REGNO (SUBREG_REG (in)), | |
831 | GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in))))) | |
832 | || ! HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK ((REGNO (SUBREG_REG (in)) | |
833 | + SUBREG_WORD (in)), | |
834 | inmode))) | |
df62f951 RK |
835 | #ifdef SECONDARY_INPUT_RELOAD_CLASS |
836 | || (SECONDARY_INPUT_RELOAD_CLASS (class, inmode, in) != NO_REGS | |
837 | && (SECONDARY_INPUT_RELOAD_CLASS (class, | |
838 | GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in)), | |
839 | SUBREG_REG (in)) | |
840 | == NO_REGS)) | |
486d8509 RK |
841 | #endif |
842 | #ifdef CLASS_CANNOT_CHANGE_SIZE | |
843 | || (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (in)) == REG | |
844 | && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (in)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
845 | && (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT | |
846 | (reg_class_contents[(int) CLASS_CANNOT_CHANGE_SIZE], | |
847 | REGNO (SUBREG_REG (in)))) | |
848 | && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in))) | |
849 | != GET_MODE_SIZE (inmode))) | |
df62f951 RK |
850 | #endif |
851 | )) | |
eab89b90 RK |
852 | { |
853 | in_subreg_loc = inloc; | |
854 | inloc = &SUBREG_REG (in); | |
855 | in = *inloc; | |
09bf0250 | 856 | #ifndef LOAD_EXTEND_OP |
eab89b90 RK |
857 | if (GET_CODE (in) == MEM) |
858 | /* This is supposed to happen only for paradoxical subregs made by | |
859 | combine.c. (SUBREG (MEM)) isn't supposed to occur other ways. */ | |
860 | if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (in)) > GET_MODE_SIZE (inmode)) | |
861 | abort (); | |
e05a9da8 | 862 | #endif |
eab89b90 RK |
863 | inmode = GET_MODE (in); |
864 | } | |
865 | ||
86c31b2d RS |
866 | /* Similar issue for (SUBREG:M1 (REG:M2 ...) ...) for a hard register R where |
867 | either M1 is not valid for R or M2 is wider than a word but we only | |
868 | need one word to store an M2-sized quantity in R. | |
869 | ||
870 | However, we must reload the inner reg *as well as* the subreg in | |
871 | that case. */ | |
872 | ||
873 | if (in != 0 && GET_CODE (in) == SUBREG | |
874 | && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (in)) == REG | |
875 | && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (in)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
876 | && (! HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (REGNO (SUBREG_REG (in)), inmode) | |
877 | || (GET_MODE_SIZE (inmode) <= UNITS_PER_WORD | |
878 | && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in))) | |
879 | > UNITS_PER_WORD) | |
880 | && ((GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in))) | |
881 | / UNITS_PER_WORD) | |
882 | != HARD_REGNO_NREGS (REGNO (SUBREG_REG (in)), | |
883 | GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in))))))) | |
884 | { | |
885 | push_reload (SUBREG_REG (in), NULL_RTX, &SUBREG_REG (in), NULL_PTR, | |
886 | GENERAL_REGS, VOIDmode, VOIDmode, 0, 0, opnum, type); | |
887 | } | |
888 | ||
889 | ||
eab89b90 RK |
890 | /* Similarly for paradoxical and problematical SUBREGs on the output. |
891 | Note that there is no reason we need worry about the previous value | |
892 | of SUBREG_REG (out); even if wider than out, | |
893 | storing in a subreg is entitled to clobber it all | |
894 | (except in the case of STRICT_LOW_PART, | |
895 | and in that case the constraint should label it input-output.) */ | |
896 | if (out != 0 && GET_CODE (out) == SUBREG | |
a61c98cf | 897 | && (CONSTANT_P (SUBREG_REG (out)) |
eab89b90 | 898 | || strict_low |
a61c98cf RK |
899 | || (((GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (out)) == REG |
900 | && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (out)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
901 | || GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (out)) == MEM) | |
03b72c86 | 902 | && ((GET_MODE_SIZE (outmode) |
486d8509 | 903 | > GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (out)))))) |
eab89b90 RK |
904 | || (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (out)) == REG |
905 | && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (out)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
f72ccbe6 RK |
906 | && ((GET_MODE_SIZE (outmode) <= UNITS_PER_WORD |
907 | && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (out))) | |
908 | > UNITS_PER_WORD) | |
909 | && ((GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (out))) | |
910 | / UNITS_PER_WORD) | |
911 | != HARD_REGNO_NREGS (REGNO (SUBREG_REG (out)), | |
912 | GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (out))))) | |
913 | || ! HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK ((REGNO (SUBREG_REG (out)) | |
914 | + SUBREG_WORD (out)), | |
915 | outmode))) | |
df62f951 RK |
916 | #ifdef SECONDARY_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS |
917 | || (SECONDARY_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS (class, outmode, out) != NO_REGS | |
918 | && (SECONDARY_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS (class, | |
919 | GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (out)), | |
920 | SUBREG_REG (out)) | |
921 | == NO_REGS)) | |
486d8509 RK |
922 | #endif |
923 | #ifdef CLASS_CANNOT_CHANGE_SIZE | |
924 | || (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (out)) == REG | |
925 | && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (out)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
926 | && (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT | |
927 | (reg_class_contents[(int) CLASS_CANNOT_CHANGE_SIZE], | |
928 | REGNO (SUBREG_REG (out)))) | |
929 | && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (out))) | |
930 | != GET_MODE_SIZE (outmode))) | |
df62f951 RK |
931 | #endif |
932 | )) | |
eab89b90 RK |
933 | { |
934 | out_subreg_loc = outloc; | |
935 | outloc = &SUBREG_REG (out); | |
e05a9da8 | 936 | out = *outloc; |
09bf0250 | 937 | #ifndef LOAD_EXTEND_OP |
e05a9da8 | 938 | if (GET_CODE (out) == MEM |
eab89b90 RK |
939 | && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (out)) > GET_MODE_SIZE (outmode)) |
940 | abort (); | |
e05a9da8 | 941 | #endif |
eab89b90 RK |
942 | outmode = GET_MODE (out); |
943 | } | |
944 | ||
eab89b90 RK |
945 | /* If IN appears in OUT, we can't share any input-only reload for IN. */ |
946 | if (in != 0 && out != 0 && GET_CODE (out) == MEM | |
947 | && (GET_CODE (in) == REG || GET_CODE (in) == MEM) | |
bfa30b22 | 948 | && reg_overlap_mentioned_for_reload_p (in, XEXP (out, 0))) |
eab89b90 RK |
949 | dont_share = 1; |
950 | ||
0dadecf6 RK |
951 | /* If IN is a SUBREG of a hard register, make a new REG. This |
952 | simplifies some of the cases below. */ | |
953 | ||
954 | if (in != 0 && GET_CODE (in) == SUBREG && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (in)) == REG | |
955 | && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (in)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
956 | in = gen_rtx (REG, GET_MODE (in), | |
957 | REGNO (SUBREG_REG (in)) + SUBREG_WORD (in)); | |
958 | ||
959 | /* Similarly for OUT. */ | |
960 | if (out != 0 && GET_CODE (out) == SUBREG | |
961 | && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (out)) == REG | |
962 | && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (out)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
963 | out = gen_rtx (REG, GET_MODE (out), | |
964 | REGNO (SUBREG_REG (out)) + SUBREG_WORD (out)); | |
965 | ||
eab89b90 RK |
966 | /* Narrow down the class of register wanted if that is |
967 | desirable on this machine for efficiency. */ | |
968 | if (in != 0) | |
969 | class = PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS (in, class); | |
970 | ||
ac2a9454 | 971 | /* Output reloads may need analogous treatment, different in detail. */ |
18a53b78 RS |
972 | #ifdef PREFERRED_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS |
973 | if (out != 0) | |
974 | class = PREFERRED_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS (out, class); | |
975 | #endif | |
976 | ||
eab89b90 RK |
977 | /* Make sure we use a class that can handle the actual pseudo |
978 | inside any subreg. For example, on the 386, QImode regs | |
979 | can appear within SImode subregs. Although GENERAL_REGS | |
980 | can handle SImode, QImode needs a smaller class. */ | |
981 | #ifdef LIMIT_RELOAD_CLASS | |
982 | if (in_subreg_loc) | |
983 | class = LIMIT_RELOAD_CLASS (inmode, class); | |
984 | else if (in != 0 && GET_CODE (in) == SUBREG) | |
985 | class = LIMIT_RELOAD_CLASS (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in)), class); | |
986 | ||
987 | if (out_subreg_loc) | |
988 | class = LIMIT_RELOAD_CLASS (outmode, class); | |
989 | if (out != 0 && GET_CODE (out) == SUBREG) | |
990 | class = LIMIT_RELOAD_CLASS (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (out)), class); | |
991 | #endif | |
992 | ||
eab89b90 RK |
993 | /* Verify that this class is at least possible for the mode that |
994 | is specified. */ | |
995 | if (this_insn_is_asm) | |
996 | { | |
997 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
998 | if (GET_MODE_SIZE (inmode) > GET_MODE_SIZE (outmode)) | |
999 | mode = inmode; | |
1000 | else | |
1001 | mode = outmode; | |
5488078f RS |
1002 | if (mode == VOIDmode) |
1003 | { | |
1004 | error_for_asm (this_insn, "cannot reload integer constant operand in `asm'"); | |
1005 | mode = word_mode; | |
1006 | if (in != 0) | |
1007 | inmode = word_mode; | |
1008 | if (out != 0) | |
1009 | outmode = word_mode; | |
1010 | } | |
eab89b90 RK |
1011 | for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++) |
1012 | if (HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (i, mode) | |
1013 | && TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[(int) class], i)) | |
1014 | { | |
1015 | int nregs = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (i, mode); | |
1016 | ||
1017 | int j; | |
1018 | for (j = 1; j < nregs; j++) | |
1019 | if (! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[(int) class], i + j)) | |
1020 | break; | |
1021 | if (j == nregs) | |
1022 | break; | |
1023 | } | |
1024 | if (i == FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
1025 | { | |
1026 | error_for_asm (this_insn, "impossible register constraint in `asm'"); | |
1027 | class = ALL_REGS; | |
1028 | } | |
1029 | } | |
1030 | ||
5488078f RS |
1031 | if (class == NO_REGS) |
1032 | abort (); | |
1033 | ||
eab89b90 RK |
1034 | /* We can use an existing reload if the class is right |
1035 | and at least one of IN and OUT is a match | |
1036 | and the other is at worst neutral. | |
a8c9daeb RK |
1037 | (A zero compared against anything is neutral.) |
1038 | ||
1039 | If SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES, don't use existing reloads unless they are | |
1040 | for the same thing since that can cause us to need more reload registers | |
1041 | than we otherwise would. */ | |
1042 | ||
eab89b90 RK |
1043 | for (i = 0; i < n_reloads; i++) |
1044 | if ((reg_class_subset_p (class, reload_reg_class[i]) | |
1045 | || reg_class_subset_p (reload_reg_class[i], class)) | |
eab89b90 RK |
1046 | /* If the existing reload has a register, it must fit our class. */ |
1047 | && (reload_reg_rtx[i] == 0 | |
1048 | || TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[(int) class], | |
1049 | true_regnum (reload_reg_rtx[i]))) | |
1050 | && ((in != 0 && MATCHES (reload_in[i], in) && ! dont_share | |
1051 | && (out == 0 || reload_out[i] == 0 || MATCHES (reload_out[i], out))) | |
1052 | || | |
1053 | (out != 0 && MATCHES (reload_out[i], out) | |
a8c9daeb RK |
1054 | && (in == 0 || reload_in[i] == 0 || MATCHES (reload_in[i], in)))) |
1055 | && (reg_class_size[(int) class] == 1 | |
1056 | #ifdef SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES | |
1057 | || 1 | |
1058 | #endif | |
1059 | ) | |
1060 | && MERGABLE_RELOADS (type, reload_when_needed[i], | |
1061 | opnum, reload_opnum[i])) | |
eab89b90 RK |
1062 | break; |
1063 | ||
1064 | /* Reloading a plain reg for input can match a reload to postincrement | |
1065 | that reg, since the postincrement's value is the right value. | |
1066 | Likewise, it can match a preincrement reload, since we regard | |
1067 | the preincrementation as happening before any ref in this insn | |
1068 | to that register. */ | |
1069 | if (i == n_reloads) | |
1070 | for (i = 0; i < n_reloads; i++) | |
1071 | if ((reg_class_subset_p (class, reload_reg_class[i]) | |
1072 | || reg_class_subset_p (reload_reg_class[i], class)) | |
1073 | /* If the existing reload has a register, it must fit our class. */ | |
1074 | && (reload_reg_rtx[i] == 0 | |
1075 | || TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[(int) class], | |
1076 | true_regnum (reload_reg_rtx[i]))) | |
eab89b90 RK |
1077 | && out == 0 && reload_out[i] == 0 && reload_in[i] != 0 |
1078 | && ((GET_CODE (in) == REG | |
1079 | && (GET_CODE (reload_in[i]) == POST_INC | |
1080 | || GET_CODE (reload_in[i]) == POST_DEC | |
1081 | || GET_CODE (reload_in[i]) == PRE_INC | |
1082 | || GET_CODE (reload_in[i]) == PRE_DEC) | |
1083 | && MATCHES (XEXP (reload_in[i], 0), in)) | |
1084 | || | |
1085 | (GET_CODE (reload_in[i]) == REG | |
1086 | && (GET_CODE (in) == POST_INC | |
1087 | || GET_CODE (in) == POST_DEC | |
1088 | || GET_CODE (in) == PRE_INC | |
1089 | || GET_CODE (in) == PRE_DEC) | |
a8c9daeb RK |
1090 | && MATCHES (XEXP (in, 0), reload_in[i]))) |
1091 | && (reg_class_size[(int) class] == 1 | |
1092 | #ifdef SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES | |
1093 | || 1 | |
1094 | #endif | |
1095 | ) | |
1096 | && MERGABLE_RELOADS (type, reload_when_needed[i], | |
1097 | opnum, reload_opnum[i])) | |
eab89b90 RK |
1098 | { |
1099 | /* Make sure reload_in ultimately has the increment, | |
1100 | not the plain register. */ | |
1101 | if (GET_CODE (in) == REG) | |
1102 | in = reload_in[i]; | |
1103 | break; | |
1104 | } | |
1105 | ||
1106 | if (i == n_reloads) | |
1107 | { | |
9ec7078b RK |
1108 | /* See if we need a secondary reload register to move between CLASS |
1109 | and IN or CLASS and OUT. Get the icode and push any required reloads | |
1110 | needed for each of them if so. */ | |
eab89b90 RK |
1111 | |
1112 | #ifdef SECONDARY_INPUT_RELOAD_CLASS | |
1113 | if (in != 0) | |
9ec7078b RK |
1114 | secondary_in_reload |
1115 | = push_secondary_reload (1, in, opnum, optional, class, inmode, type, | |
1116 | &secondary_in_icode); | |
eab89b90 RK |
1117 | #endif |
1118 | ||
1119 | #ifdef SECONDARY_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS | |
1120 | if (out != 0 && GET_CODE (out) != SCRATCH) | |
9ec7078b RK |
1121 | secondary_out_reload |
1122 | = push_secondary_reload (0, out, opnum, optional, class, outmode, | |
1123 | type, &secondary_out_icode); | |
eab89b90 RK |
1124 | #endif |
1125 | ||
1126 | /* We found no existing reload suitable for re-use. | |
1127 | So add an additional reload. */ | |
1128 | ||
9ec7078b | 1129 | i = n_reloads; |
eab89b90 RK |
1130 | reload_in[i] = in; |
1131 | reload_out[i] = out; | |
1132 | reload_reg_class[i] = class; | |
1133 | reload_inmode[i] = inmode; | |
1134 | reload_outmode[i] = outmode; | |
1135 | reload_reg_rtx[i] = 0; | |
1136 | reload_optional[i] = optional; | |
1137 | reload_inc[i] = 0; | |
eab89b90 RK |
1138 | reload_nocombine[i] = 0; |
1139 | reload_in_reg[i] = inloc ? *inloc : 0; | |
a8c9daeb RK |
1140 | reload_opnum[i] = opnum; |
1141 | reload_when_needed[i] = type; | |
9ec7078b RK |
1142 | reload_secondary_in_reload[i] = secondary_in_reload; |
1143 | reload_secondary_out_reload[i] = secondary_out_reload; | |
1144 | reload_secondary_in_icode[i] = secondary_in_icode; | |
1145 | reload_secondary_out_icode[i] = secondary_out_icode; | |
eab89b90 RK |
1146 | reload_secondary_p[i] = 0; |
1147 | ||
1148 | n_reloads++; | |
0dadecf6 RK |
1149 | |
1150 | #ifdef SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED | |
1151 | /* If a memory location is needed for the copy, make one. */ | |
1152 | if (in != 0 && GET_CODE (in) == REG | |
1153 | && REGNO (in) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
1154 | && SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED (REGNO_REG_CLASS (REGNO (in)), | |
1155 | class, inmode)) | |
a8c9daeb | 1156 | get_secondary_mem (in, inmode, opnum, type); |
0dadecf6 RK |
1157 | |
1158 | if (out != 0 && GET_CODE (out) == REG | |
1159 | && REGNO (out) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
1160 | && SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED (class, REGNO_REG_CLASS (REGNO (out)), | |
1161 | outmode)) | |
a8c9daeb | 1162 | get_secondary_mem (out, outmode, opnum, type); |
0dadecf6 | 1163 | #endif |
eab89b90 RK |
1164 | } |
1165 | else | |
1166 | { | |
1167 | /* We are reusing an existing reload, | |
1168 | but we may have additional information for it. | |
1169 | For example, we may now have both IN and OUT | |
1170 | while the old one may have just one of them. */ | |
1171 | ||
1172 | if (inmode != VOIDmode) | |
1173 | reload_inmode[i] = inmode; | |
1174 | if (outmode != VOIDmode) | |
1175 | reload_outmode[i] = outmode; | |
1176 | if (in != 0) | |
1177 | reload_in[i] = in; | |
1178 | if (out != 0) | |
1179 | reload_out[i] = out; | |
1180 | if (reg_class_subset_p (class, reload_reg_class[i])) | |
1181 | reload_reg_class[i] = class; | |
1182 | reload_optional[i] &= optional; | |
a8c9daeb RK |
1183 | if (MERGE_TO_OTHER (type, reload_when_needed[i], |
1184 | opnum, reload_opnum[i])) | |
1185 | reload_when_needed[i] = RELOAD_OTHER; | |
1186 | reload_opnum[i] = MIN (reload_opnum[i], opnum); | |
eab89b90 RK |
1187 | } |
1188 | ||
1189 | /* If the ostensible rtx being reload differs from the rtx found | |
1190 | in the location to substitute, this reload is not safe to combine | |
1191 | because we cannot reliably tell whether it appears in the insn. */ | |
1192 | ||
1193 | if (in != 0 && in != *inloc) | |
1194 | reload_nocombine[i] = 1; | |
1195 | ||
1196 | #if 0 | |
1197 | /* This was replaced by changes in find_reloads_address_1 and the new | |
1198 | function inc_for_reload, which go with a new meaning of reload_inc. */ | |
1199 | ||
1200 | /* If this is an IN/OUT reload in an insn that sets the CC, | |
1201 | it must be for an autoincrement. It doesn't work to store | |
1202 | the incremented value after the insn because that would clobber the CC. | |
1203 | So we must do the increment of the value reloaded from, | |
1204 | increment it, store it back, then decrement again. */ | |
1205 | if (out != 0 && sets_cc0_p (PATTERN (this_insn))) | |
1206 | { | |
1207 | out = 0; | |
1208 | reload_out[i] = 0; | |
1209 | reload_inc[i] = find_inc_amount (PATTERN (this_insn), in); | |
1210 | /* If we did not find a nonzero amount-to-increment-by, | |
1211 | that contradicts the belief that IN is being incremented | |
1212 | in an address in this insn. */ | |
1213 | if (reload_inc[i] == 0) | |
1214 | abort (); | |
1215 | } | |
1216 | #endif | |
1217 | ||
1218 | /* If we will replace IN and OUT with the reload-reg, | |
1219 | record where they are located so that substitution need | |
1220 | not do a tree walk. */ | |
1221 | ||
1222 | if (replace_reloads) | |
1223 | { | |
1224 | if (inloc != 0) | |
1225 | { | |
1226 | register struct replacement *r = &replacements[n_replacements++]; | |
1227 | r->what = i; | |
1228 | r->subreg_loc = in_subreg_loc; | |
1229 | r->where = inloc; | |
1230 | r->mode = inmode; | |
1231 | } | |
1232 | if (outloc != 0 && outloc != inloc) | |
1233 | { | |
1234 | register struct replacement *r = &replacements[n_replacements++]; | |
1235 | r->what = i; | |
1236 | r->where = outloc; | |
1237 | r->subreg_loc = out_subreg_loc; | |
1238 | r->mode = outmode; | |
1239 | } | |
1240 | } | |
1241 | ||
1242 | /* If this reload is just being introduced and it has both | |
1243 | an incoming quantity and an outgoing quantity that are | |
1244 | supposed to be made to match, see if either one of the two | |
1245 | can serve as the place to reload into. | |
1246 | ||
1247 | If one of them is acceptable, set reload_reg_rtx[i] | |
1248 | to that one. */ | |
1249 | ||
1250 | if (in != 0 && out != 0 && in != out && reload_reg_rtx[i] == 0) | |
1251 | { | |
1252 | reload_reg_rtx[i] = find_dummy_reload (in, out, inloc, outloc, | |
36b50568 | 1253 | inmode, outmode, |
eab89b90 RK |
1254 | reload_reg_class[i], i); |
1255 | ||
1256 | /* If the outgoing register already contains the same value | |
1257 | as the incoming one, we can dispense with loading it. | |
1258 | The easiest way to tell the caller that is to give a phony | |
1259 | value for the incoming operand (same as outgoing one). */ | |
1260 | if (reload_reg_rtx[i] == out | |
1261 | && (GET_CODE (in) == REG || CONSTANT_P (in)) | |
1262 | && 0 != find_equiv_reg (in, this_insn, 0, REGNO (out), | |
1263 | static_reload_reg_p, i, inmode)) | |
1264 | reload_in[i] = out; | |
1265 | } | |
1266 | ||
1267 | /* If this is an input reload and the operand contains a register that | |
1268 | dies in this insn and is used nowhere else, see if it is the right class | |
1269 | to be used for this reload. Use it if so. (This occurs most commonly | |
1270 | in the case of paradoxical SUBREGs and in-out reloads). We cannot do | |
1271 | this if it is also an output reload that mentions the register unless | |
1272 | the output is a SUBREG that clobbers an entire register. | |
1273 | ||
1274 | Note that the operand might be one of the spill regs, if it is a | |
1275 | pseudo reg and we are in a block where spilling has not taken place. | |
1276 | But if there is no spilling in this block, that is OK. | |
1277 | An explicitly used hard reg cannot be a spill reg. */ | |
1278 | ||
1279 | if (reload_reg_rtx[i] == 0 && in != 0) | |
1280 | { | |
1281 | rtx note; | |
1282 | int regno; | |
1283 | ||
1284 | for (note = REG_NOTES (this_insn); note; note = XEXP (note, 1)) | |
1285 | if (REG_NOTE_KIND (note) == REG_DEAD | |
1286 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (note, 0)) == REG | |
1287 | && (regno = REGNO (XEXP (note, 0))) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
1288 | && reg_mentioned_p (XEXP (note, 0), in) | |
1289 | && ! refers_to_regno_for_reload_p (regno, | |
1290 | (regno | |
1291 | + HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, | |
1292 | inmode)), | |
1293 | PATTERN (this_insn), inloc) | |
05b4ec4f RS |
1294 | /* If this is also an output reload, IN cannot be used as |
1295 | the reload register if it is set in this insn unless IN | |
1296 | is also OUT. */ | |
1297 | && (out == 0 || in == out | |
1298 | || ! hard_reg_set_here_p (regno, | |
1299 | (regno | |
1300 | + HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, | |
1301 | inmode)), | |
1302 | PATTERN (this_insn))) | |
1303 | /* ??? Why is this code so different from the previous? | |
1304 | Is there any simple coherent way to describe the two together? | |
1305 | What's going on here. */ | |
eab89b90 RK |
1306 | && (in != out |
1307 | || (GET_CODE (in) == SUBREG | |
1308 | && (((GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (in)) + (UNITS_PER_WORD - 1)) | |
1309 | / UNITS_PER_WORD) | |
1310 | == ((GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in))) | |
1311 | + (UNITS_PER_WORD - 1)) / UNITS_PER_WORD)))) | |
1312 | /* Make sure the operand fits in the reg that dies. */ | |
1313 | && GET_MODE_SIZE (inmode) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (note, 0))) | |
1314 | && HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (regno, inmode) | |
1315 | && GET_MODE_SIZE (outmode) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (note, 0))) | |
1316 | && HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (regno, outmode) | |
1317 | && TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[(int) class], regno) | |
1318 | && !fixed_regs[regno]) | |
1319 | { | |
1320 | reload_reg_rtx[i] = gen_rtx (REG, inmode, regno); | |
1321 | break; | |
1322 | } | |
1323 | } | |
1324 | ||
1325 | if (out) | |
1326 | output_reloadnum = i; | |
1327 | ||
1328 | return i; | |
1329 | } | |
1330 | ||
1331 | /* Record an additional place we must replace a value | |
1332 | for which we have already recorded a reload. | |
1333 | RELOADNUM is the value returned by push_reload | |
1334 | when the reload was recorded. | |
1335 | This is used in insn patterns that use match_dup. */ | |
1336 | ||
1337 | static void | |
1338 | push_replacement (loc, reloadnum, mode) | |
1339 | rtx *loc; | |
1340 | int reloadnum; | |
1341 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
1342 | { | |
1343 | if (replace_reloads) | |
1344 | { | |
1345 | register struct replacement *r = &replacements[n_replacements++]; | |
1346 | r->what = reloadnum; | |
1347 | r->where = loc; | |
1348 | r->subreg_loc = 0; | |
1349 | r->mode = mode; | |
1350 | } | |
1351 | } | |
1352 | \f | |
a8c9daeb RK |
1353 | /* Transfer all replacements that used to be in reload FROM to be in |
1354 | reload TO. */ | |
1355 | ||
1356 | void | |
1357 | transfer_replacements (to, from) | |
1358 | int to, from; | |
1359 | { | |
1360 | int i; | |
1361 | ||
1362 | for (i = 0; i < n_replacements; i++) | |
1363 | if (replacements[i].what == from) | |
1364 | replacements[i].what = to; | |
1365 | } | |
1366 | \f | |
eab89b90 RK |
1367 | /* If there is only one output reload, and it is not for an earlyclobber |
1368 | operand, try to combine it with a (logically unrelated) input reload | |
1369 | to reduce the number of reload registers needed. | |
1370 | ||
1371 | This is safe if the input reload does not appear in | |
1372 | the value being output-reloaded, because this implies | |
1373 | it is not needed any more once the original insn completes. | |
1374 | ||
1375 | If that doesn't work, see we can use any of the registers that | |
1376 | die in this insn as a reload register. We can if it is of the right | |
1377 | class and does not appear in the value being output-reloaded. */ | |
1378 | ||
1379 | static void | |
1380 | combine_reloads () | |
1381 | { | |
1382 | int i; | |
1383 | int output_reload = -1; | |
1384 | rtx note; | |
1385 | ||
1386 | /* Find the output reload; return unless there is exactly one | |
1387 | and that one is mandatory. */ | |
1388 | ||
1389 | for (i = 0; i < n_reloads; i++) | |
1390 | if (reload_out[i] != 0) | |
1391 | { | |
1392 | if (output_reload >= 0) | |
1393 | return; | |
1394 | output_reload = i; | |
1395 | } | |
1396 | ||
1397 | if (output_reload < 0 || reload_optional[output_reload]) | |
1398 | return; | |
1399 | ||
1400 | /* An input-output reload isn't combinable. */ | |
1401 | ||
1402 | if (reload_in[output_reload] != 0) | |
1403 | return; | |
1404 | ||
6dc42e49 | 1405 | /* If this reload is for an earlyclobber operand, we can't do anything. */ |
4644aad4 RK |
1406 | if (earlyclobber_operand_p (reload_out[output_reload])) |
1407 | return; | |
eab89b90 RK |
1408 | |
1409 | /* Check each input reload; can we combine it? */ | |
1410 | ||
1411 | for (i = 0; i < n_reloads; i++) | |
1412 | if (reload_in[i] && ! reload_optional[i] && ! reload_nocombine[i] | |
1413 | /* Life span of this reload must not extend past main insn. */ | |
a8c9daeb RK |
1414 | && reload_when_needed[i] != RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS |
1415 | && reload_when_needed[i] != RELOAD_OTHER | |
1416 | && (CLASS_MAX_NREGS (reload_reg_class[i], reload_inmode[i]) | |
1417 | == CLASS_MAX_NREGS (reload_reg_class[output_reload], | |
1418 | reload_outmode[output_reload])) | |
eab89b90 RK |
1419 | && reload_inc[i] == 0 |
1420 | && reload_reg_rtx[i] == 0 | |
a8c9daeb | 1421 | #ifdef SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED |
9ec7078b RK |
1422 | /* Don't combine two reloads with different secondary |
1423 | memory locations. */ | |
77545d45 RK |
1424 | && (secondary_memlocs_elim[(int) reload_outmode[output_reload]][reload_opnum[i]] == 0 |
1425 | || secondary_memlocs_elim[(int) reload_outmode[output_reload]][reload_opnum[output_reload]] == 0 | |
1426 | || rtx_equal_p (secondary_memlocs_elim[(int) reload_outmode[output_reload]][reload_opnum[i]], | |
1427 | secondary_memlocs_elim[(int) reload_outmode[output_reload]][reload_opnum[output_reload]])) | |
a8c9daeb RK |
1428 | #endif |
1429 | #ifdef SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES | |
1430 | && reload_reg_class[i] == reload_reg_class[output_reload] | |
1431 | #else | |
eab89b90 RK |
1432 | && (reg_class_subset_p (reload_reg_class[i], |
1433 | reload_reg_class[output_reload]) | |
1434 | || reg_class_subset_p (reload_reg_class[output_reload], | |
1435 | reload_reg_class[i])) | |
a8c9daeb | 1436 | #endif |
eab89b90 RK |
1437 | && (MATCHES (reload_in[i], reload_out[output_reload]) |
1438 | /* Args reversed because the first arg seems to be | |
1439 | the one that we imagine being modified | |
1440 | while the second is the one that might be affected. */ | |
bfa30b22 RK |
1441 | || (! reg_overlap_mentioned_for_reload_p (reload_out[output_reload], |
1442 | reload_in[i]) | |
eab89b90 RK |
1443 | /* However, if the input is a register that appears inside |
1444 | the output, then we also can't share. | |
1445 | Imagine (set (mem (reg 69)) (plus (reg 69) ...)). | |
1446 | If the same reload reg is used for both reg 69 and the | |
1447 | result to be stored in memory, then that result | |
1448 | will clobber the address of the memory ref. */ | |
1449 | && ! (GET_CODE (reload_in[i]) == REG | |
bfa30b22 | 1450 | && reg_overlap_mentioned_for_reload_p (reload_in[i], |
a8c9daeb RK |
1451 | reload_out[output_reload])))) |
1452 | && (reg_class_size[(int) reload_reg_class[i]] | |
1453 | #ifdef SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES | |
1454 | || 1 | |
1455 | #endif | |
1456 | ) | |
1457 | /* We will allow making things slightly worse by combining an | |
1458 | input and an output, but no worse than that. */ | |
1459 | && (reload_when_needed[i] == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT | |
1460 | || reload_when_needed[i] == RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT)) | |
eab89b90 RK |
1461 | { |
1462 | int j; | |
1463 | ||
1464 | /* We have found a reload to combine with! */ | |
1465 | reload_out[i] = reload_out[output_reload]; | |
1466 | reload_outmode[i] = reload_outmode[output_reload]; | |
1467 | /* Mark the old output reload as inoperative. */ | |
1468 | reload_out[output_reload] = 0; | |
1469 | /* The combined reload is needed for the entire insn. */ | |
eab89b90 RK |
1470 | reload_when_needed[i] = RELOAD_OTHER; |
1471 | /* If the output reload had a secondary reload, copy it. */ | |
9ec7078b RK |
1472 | if (reload_secondary_out_reload[output_reload] != -1) |
1473 | { | |
1474 | reload_secondary_out_reload[i] | |
1475 | = reload_secondary_out_reload[output_reload]; | |
1476 | reload_secondary_out_icode[i] | |
1477 | = reload_secondary_out_icode[output_reload]; | |
1478 | } | |
1479 | ||
a8c9daeb RK |
1480 | #ifdef SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED |
1481 | /* Copy any secondary MEM. */ | |
77545d45 RK |
1482 | if (secondary_memlocs_elim[(int) reload_outmode[output_reload]][reload_opnum[output_reload]] != 0) |
1483 | secondary_memlocs_elim[(int) reload_outmode[output_reload]][reload_opnum[i]] | |
1484 | = secondary_memlocs_elim[(int) reload_outmode[output_reload]][reload_opnum[output_reload]]; | |
a8c9daeb | 1485 | #endif |
eab89b90 RK |
1486 | /* If required, minimize the register class. */ |
1487 | if (reg_class_subset_p (reload_reg_class[output_reload], | |
1488 | reload_reg_class[i])) | |
1489 | reload_reg_class[i] = reload_reg_class[output_reload]; | |
1490 | ||
1491 | /* Transfer all replacements from the old reload to the combined. */ | |
1492 | for (j = 0; j < n_replacements; j++) | |
1493 | if (replacements[j].what == output_reload) | |
1494 | replacements[j].what = i; | |
1495 | ||
1496 | return; | |
1497 | } | |
1498 | ||
1499 | /* If this insn has only one operand that is modified or written (assumed | |
1500 | to be the first), it must be the one corresponding to this reload. It | |
1501 | is safe to use anything that dies in this insn for that output provided | |
1502 | that it does not occur in the output (we already know it isn't an | |
1503 | earlyclobber. If this is an asm insn, give up. */ | |
1504 | ||
1505 | if (INSN_CODE (this_insn) == -1) | |
1506 | return; | |
1507 | ||
1508 | for (i = 1; i < insn_n_operands[INSN_CODE (this_insn)]; i++) | |
1509 | if (insn_operand_constraint[INSN_CODE (this_insn)][i][0] == '=' | |
1510 | || insn_operand_constraint[INSN_CODE (this_insn)][i][0] == '+') | |
1511 | return; | |
1512 | ||
1513 | /* See if some hard register that dies in this insn and is not used in | |
1514 | the output is the right class. Only works if the register we pick | |
1515 | up can fully hold our output reload. */ | |
1516 | for (note = REG_NOTES (this_insn); note; note = XEXP (note, 1)) | |
1517 | if (REG_NOTE_KIND (note) == REG_DEAD | |
1518 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (note, 0)) == REG | |
bfa30b22 RK |
1519 | && ! reg_overlap_mentioned_for_reload_p (XEXP (note, 0), |
1520 | reload_out[output_reload]) | |
eab89b90 RK |
1521 | && REGNO (XEXP (note, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER |
1522 | && HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (REGNO (XEXP (note, 0)), reload_outmode[output_reload]) | |
1523 | && TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[(int) reload_reg_class[output_reload]], | |
1524 | REGNO (XEXP (note, 0))) | |
1525 | && (HARD_REGNO_NREGS (REGNO (XEXP (note, 0)), reload_outmode[output_reload]) | |
1526 | <= HARD_REGNO_NREGS (REGNO (XEXP (note, 0)), GET_MODE (XEXP (note, 0)))) | |
1527 | && ! fixed_regs[REGNO (XEXP (note, 0))]) | |
1528 | { | |
1529 | reload_reg_rtx[output_reload] = gen_rtx (REG, | |
1530 | reload_outmode[output_reload], | |
1531 | REGNO (XEXP (note, 0))); | |
1532 | return; | |
1533 | } | |
1534 | } | |
1535 | \f | |
1536 | /* Try to find a reload register for an in-out reload (expressions IN and OUT). | |
1537 | See if one of IN and OUT is a register that may be used; | |
1538 | this is desirable since a spill-register won't be needed. | |
1539 | If so, return the register rtx that proves acceptable. | |
1540 | ||
1541 | INLOC and OUTLOC are locations where IN and OUT appear in the insn. | |
1542 | CLASS is the register class required for the reload. | |
1543 | ||
1544 | If FOR_REAL is >= 0, it is the number of the reload, | |
1545 | and in some cases when it can be discovered that OUT doesn't need | |
1546 | to be computed, clear out reload_out[FOR_REAL]. | |
1547 | ||
1548 | If FOR_REAL is -1, this should not be done, because this call | |
1549 | is just to see if a register can be found, not to find and install it. */ | |
1550 | ||
1551 | static rtx | |
36b50568 RS |
1552 | find_dummy_reload (real_in, real_out, inloc, outloc, |
1553 | inmode, outmode, class, for_real) | |
eab89b90 RK |
1554 | rtx real_in, real_out; |
1555 | rtx *inloc, *outloc; | |
36b50568 | 1556 | enum machine_mode inmode, outmode; |
eab89b90 RK |
1557 | enum reg_class class; |
1558 | int for_real; | |
1559 | { | |
1560 | rtx in = real_in; | |
1561 | rtx out = real_out; | |
1562 | int in_offset = 0; | |
1563 | int out_offset = 0; | |
1564 | rtx value = 0; | |
1565 | ||
1566 | /* If operands exceed a word, we can't use either of them | |
1567 | unless they have the same size. */ | |
36b50568 RS |
1568 | if (GET_MODE_SIZE (outmode) != GET_MODE_SIZE (inmode) |
1569 | && (GET_MODE_SIZE (outmode) > UNITS_PER_WORD | |
1570 | || GET_MODE_SIZE (inmode) > UNITS_PER_WORD)) | |
eab89b90 RK |
1571 | return 0; |
1572 | ||
1573 | /* Find the inside of any subregs. */ | |
1574 | while (GET_CODE (out) == SUBREG) | |
1575 | { | |
1576 | out_offset = SUBREG_WORD (out); | |
1577 | out = SUBREG_REG (out); | |
1578 | } | |
1579 | while (GET_CODE (in) == SUBREG) | |
1580 | { | |
1581 | in_offset = SUBREG_WORD (in); | |
1582 | in = SUBREG_REG (in); | |
1583 | } | |
1584 | ||
1585 | /* Narrow down the reg class, the same way push_reload will; | |
1586 | otherwise we might find a dummy now, but push_reload won't. */ | |
1587 | class = PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS (in, class); | |
1588 | ||
1589 | /* See if OUT will do. */ | |
1590 | if (GET_CODE (out) == REG | |
1591 | && REGNO (out) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
1592 | { | |
1593 | register int regno = REGNO (out) + out_offset; | |
36b50568 | 1594 | int nwords = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, outmode); |
d3b9996a | 1595 | rtx saved_rtx; |
eab89b90 RK |
1596 | |
1597 | /* When we consider whether the insn uses OUT, | |
1598 | ignore references within IN. They don't prevent us | |
1599 | from copying IN into OUT, because those refs would | |
1600 | move into the insn that reloads IN. | |
1601 | ||
1602 | However, we only ignore IN in its role as this reload. | |
1603 | If the insn uses IN elsewhere and it contains OUT, | |
1604 | that counts. We can't be sure it's the "same" operand | |
1605 | so it might not go through this reload. */ | |
d3b9996a | 1606 | saved_rtx = *inloc; |
eab89b90 RK |
1607 | *inloc = const0_rtx; |
1608 | ||
1609 | if (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
1610 | /* A fixed reg that can overlap other regs better not be used | |
1611 | for reloading in any way. */ | |
1612 | #ifdef OVERLAPPING_REGNO_P | |
1613 | && ! (fixed_regs[regno] && OVERLAPPING_REGNO_P (regno)) | |
1614 | #endif | |
1615 | && ! refers_to_regno_for_reload_p (regno, regno + nwords, | |
1616 | PATTERN (this_insn), outloc)) | |
1617 | { | |
1618 | int i; | |
1619 | for (i = 0; i < nwords; i++) | |
1620 | if (! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[(int) class], | |
1621 | regno + i)) | |
1622 | break; | |
1623 | ||
1624 | if (i == nwords) | |
1625 | { | |
1626 | if (GET_CODE (real_out) == REG) | |
1627 | value = real_out; | |
1628 | else | |
36b50568 | 1629 | value = gen_rtx (REG, outmode, regno); |
eab89b90 RK |
1630 | } |
1631 | } | |
1632 | ||
d3b9996a | 1633 | *inloc = saved_rtx; |
eab89b90 RK |
1634 | } |
1635 | ||
1636 | /* Consider using IN if OUT was not acceptable | |
1637 | or if OUT dies in this insn (like the quotient in a divmod insn). | |
1638 | We can't use IN unless it is dies in this insn, | |
1639 | which means we must know accurately which hard regs are live. | |
1640 | Also, the result can't go in IN if IN is used within OUT. */ | |
1641 | if (hard_regs_live_known | |
1642 | && GET_CODE (in) == REG | |
1643 | && REGNO (in) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
1644 | && (value == 0 | |
1645 | || find_reg_note (this_insn, REG_UNUSED, real_out)) | |
1646 | && find_reg_note (this_insn, REG_DEAD, real_in) | |
1647 | && !fixed_regs[REGNO (in)] | |
36b50568 RS |
1648 | && HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (REGNO (in), |
1649 | /* The only case where out and real_out might | |
1650 | have different modes is where real_out | |
1651 | is a subreg, and in that case, out | |
1652 | has a real mode. */ | |
1653 | (GET_MODE (out) != VOIDmode | |
1654 | ? GET_MODE (out) : outmode))) | |
eab89b90 RK |
1655 | { |
1656 | register int regno = REGNO (in) + in_offset; | |
36b50568 | 1657 | int nwords = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, inmode); |
eab89b90 | 1658 | |
fb3821f7 | 1659 | if (! refers_to_regno_for_reload_p (regno, regno + nwords, out, NULL_PTR) |
eab89b90 RK |
1660 | && ! hard_reg_set_here_p (regno, regno + nwords, |
1661 | PATTERN (this_insn))) | |
1662 | { | |
1663 | int i; | |
1664 | for (i = 0; i < nwords; i++) | |
1665 | if (! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[(int) class], | |
1666 | regno + i)) | |
1667 | break; | |
1668 | ||
1669 | if (i == nwords) | |
1670 | { | |
1671 | /* If we were going to use OUT as the reload reg | |
1672 | and changed our mind, it means OUT is a dummy that | |
1673 | dies here. So don't bother copying value to it. */ | |
1674 | if (for_real >= 0 && value == real_out) | |
1675 | reload_out[for_real] = 0; | |
1676 | if (GET_CODE (real_in) == REG) | |
1677 | value = real_in; | |
1678 | else | |
36b50568 | 1679 | value = gen_rtx (REG, inmode, regno); |
eab89b90 RK |
1680 | } |
1681 | } | |
1682 | } | |
1683 | ||
1684 | return value; | |
1685 | } | |
1686 | \f | |
1687 | /* This page contains subroutines used mainly for determining | |
1688 | whether the IN or an OUT of a reload can serve as the | |
1689 | reload register. */ | |
1690 | ||
4644aad4 RK |
1691 | /* Return 1 if X is an operand of an insn that is being earlyclobbered. */ |
1692 | ||
1693 | static int | |
1694 | earlyclobber_operand_p (x) | |
1695 | rtx x; | |
1696 | { | |
1697 | int i; | |
1698 | ||
1699 | for (i = 0; i < n_earlyclobbers; i++) | |
1700 | if (reload_earlyclobbers[i] == x) | |
1701 | return 1; | |
1702 | ||
1703 | return 0; | |
1704 | } | |
1705 | ||
eab89b90 RK |
1706 | /* Return 1 if expression X alters a hard reg in the range |
1707 | from BEG_REGNO (inclusive) to END_REGNO (exclusive), | |
1708 | either explicitly or in the guise of a pseudo-reg allocated to REGNO. | |
1709 | X should be the body of an instruction. */ | |
1710 | ||
1711 | static int | |
1712 | hard_reg_set_here_p (beg_regno, end_regno, x) | |
1713 | register int beg_regno, end_regno; | |
1714 | rtx x; | |
1715 | { | |
1716 | if (GET_CODE (x) == SET || GET_CODE (x) == CLOBBER) | |
1717 | { | |
1718 | register rtx op0 = SET_DEST (x); | |
1719 | while (GET_CODE (op0) == SUBREG) | |
1720 | op0 = SUBREG_REG (op0); | |
1721 | if (GET_CODE (op0) == REG) | |
1722 | { | |
1723 | register int r = REGNO (op0); | |
1724 | /* See if this reg overlaps range under consideration. */ | |
1725 | if (r < end_regno | |
1726 | && r + HARD_REGNO_NREGS (r, GET_MODE (op0)) > beg_regno) | |
1727 | return 1; | |
1728 | } | |
1729 | } | |
1730 | else if (GET_CODE (x) == PARALLEL) | |
1731 | { | |
1732 | register int i = XVECLEN (x, 0) - 1; | |
1733 | for (; i >= 0; i--) | |
1734 | if (hard_reg_set_here_p (beg_regno, end_regno, XVECEXP (x, 0, i))) | |
1735 | return 1; | |
1736 | } | |
1737 | ||
1738 | return 0; | |
1739 | } | |
1740 | ||
1741 | /* Return 1 if ADDR is a valid memory address for mode MODE, | |
1742 | and check that each pseudo reg has the proper kind of | |
1743 | hard reg. */ | |
1744 | ||
1745 | int | |
1746 | strict_memory_address_p (mode, addr) | |
1747 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
1748 | register rtx addr; | |
1749 | { | |
1750 | GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS (mode, addr, win); | |
1751 | return 0; | |
1752 | ||
1753 | win: | |
1754 | return 1; | |
1755 | } | |
eab89b90 RK |
1756 | \f |
1757 | /* Like rtx_equal_p except that it allows a REG and a SUBREG to match | |
1758 | if they are the same hard reg, and has special hacks for | |
1759 | autoincrement and autodecrement. | |
1760 | This is specifically intended for find_reloads to use | |
1761 | in determining whether two operands match. | |
1762 | X is the operand whose number is the lower of the two. | |
1763 | ||
1764 | The value is 2 if Y contains a pre-increment that matches | |
1765 | a non-incrementing address in X. */ | |
1766 | ||
1767 | /* ??? To be completely correct, we should arrange to pass | |
1768 | for X the output operand and for Y the input operand. | |
1769 | For now, we assume that the output operand has the lower number | |
1770 | because that is natural in (SET output (... input ...)). */ | |
1771 | ||
1772 | int | |
1773 | operands_match_p (x, y) | |
1774 | register rtx x, y; | |
1775 | { | |
1776 | register int i; | |
1777 | register RTX_CODE code = GET_CODE (x); | |
1778 | register char *fmt; | |
1779 | int success_2; | |
1780 | ||
1781 | if (x == y) | |
1782 | return 1; | |
1783 | if ((code == REG || (code == SUBREG && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (x)) == REG)) | |
1784 | && (GET_CODE (y) == REG || (GET_CODE (y) == SUBREG | |
1785 | && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (y)) == REG))) | |
1786 | { | |
1787 | register int j; | |
1788 | ||
1789 | if (code == SUBREG) | |
1790 | { | |
1791 | i = REGNO (SUBREG_REG (x)); | |
1792 | if (i >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
1793 | goto slow; | |
1794 | i += SUBREG_WORD (x); | |
1795 | } | |
1796 | else | |
1797 | i = REGNO (x); | |
1798 | ||
1799 | if (GET_CODE (y) == SUBREG) | |
1800 | { | |
1801 | j = REGNO (SUBREG_REG (y)); | |
1802 | if (j >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
1803 | goto slow; | |
1804 | j += SUBREG_WORD (y); | |
1805 | } | |
1806 | else | |
1807 | j = REGNO (y); | |
1808 | ||
dca52d80 JW |
1809 | /* On a WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN machine, point to the last register of a |
1810 | multiple hard register group, so that for example (reg:DI 0) and | |
1811 | (reg:SI 1) will be considered the same register. */ | |
1812 | if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)) > UNITS_PER_WORD | |
1813 | && i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
1814 | i += (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)) / UNITS_PER_WORD) - 1; | |
1815 | if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (y)) > UNITS_PER_WORD | |
1816 | && j < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
1817 | j += (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (y)) / UNITS_PER_WORD) - 1; | |
1818 | ||
eab89b90 RK |
1819 | return i == j; |
1820 | } | |
1821 | /* If two operands must match, because they are really a single | |
1822 | operand of an assembler insn, then two postincrements are invalid | |
1823 | because the assembler insn would increment only once. | |
1824 | On the other hand, an postincrement matches ordinary indexing | |
1825 | if the postincrement is the output operand. */ | |
1826 | if (code == POST_DEC || code == POST_INC) | |
1827 | return operands_match_p (XEXP (x, 0), y); | |
1828 | /* Two preincrements are invalid | |
1829 | because the assembler insn would increment only once. | |
1830 | On the other hand, an preincrement matches ordinary indexing | |
1831 | if the preincrement is the input operand. | |
1832 | In this case, return 2, since some callers need to do special | |
1833 | things when this happens. */ | |
1834 | if (GET_CODE (y) == PRE_DEC || GET_CODE (y) == PRE_INC) | |
1835 | return operands_match_p (x, XEXP (y, 0)) ? 2 : 0; | |
1836 | ||
1837 | slow: | |
1838 | ||
1839 | /* Now we have disposed of all the cases | |
1840 | in which different rtx codes can match. */ | |
1841 | if (code != GET_CODE (y)) | |
1842 | return 0; | |
1843 | if (code == LABEL_REF) | |
1844 | return XEXP (x, 0) == XEXP (y, 0); | |
1845 | if (code == SYMBOL_REF) | |
1846 | return XSTR (x, 0) == XSTR (y, 0); | |
1847 | ||
1848 | /* (MULT:SI x y) and (MULT:HI x y) are NOT equivalent. */ | |
1849 | ||
1850 | if (GET_MODE (x) != GET_MODE (y)) | |
1851 | return 0; | |
1852 | ||
1853 | /* Compare the elements. If any pair of corresponding elements | |
1854 | fail to match, return 0 for the whole things. */ | |
1855 | ||
1856 | success_2 = 0; | |
1857 | fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code); | |
1858 | for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--) | |
1859 | { | |
1860 | int val; | |
1861 | switch (fmt[i]) | |
1862 | { | |
fb3821f7 CH |
1863 | case 'w': |
1864 | if (XWINT (x, i) != XWINT (y, i)) | |
1865 | return 0; | |
1866 | break; | |
1867 | ||
eab89b90 RK |
1868 | case 'i': |
1869 | if (XINT (x, i) != XINT (y, i)) | |
1870 | return 0; | |
1871 | break; | |
1872 | ||
1873 | case 'e': | |
1874 | val = operands_match_p (XEXP (x, i), XEXP (y, i)); | |
1875 | if (val == 0) | |
1876 | return 0; | |
1877 | /* If any subexpression returns 2, | |
1878 | we should return 2 if we are successful. */ | |
1879 | if (val == 2) | |
1880 | success_2 = 1; | |
1881 | break; | |
1882 | ||
1883 | case '0': | |
1884 | break; | |
1885 | ||
1886 | /* It is believed that rtx's at this level will never | |
1887 | contain anything but integers and other rtx's, | |
1888 | except for within LABEL_REFs and SYMBOL_REFs. */ | |
1889 | default: | |
1890 | abort (); | |
1891 | } | |
1892 | } | |
1893 | return 1 + success_2; | |
1894 | } | |
1895 | \f | |
1896 | /* Return the number of times character C occurs in string S. */ | |
1897 | ||
e4600702 | 1898 | int |
eab89b90 | 1899 | n_occurrences (c, s) |
d149d5f5 | 1900 | int c; |
eab89b90 RK |
1901 | char *s; |
1902 | { | |
1903 | int n = 0; | |
1904 | while (*s) | |
1905 | n += (*s++ == c); | |
1906 | return n; | |
1907 | } | |
1908 | \f | |
eab89b90 RK |
1909 | /* Describe the range of registers or memory referenced by X. |
1910 | If X is a register, set REG_FLAG and put the first register | |
1911 | number into START and the last plus one into END. | |
1912 | If X is a memory reference, put a base address into BASE | |
1913 | and a range of integer offsets into START and END. | |
1914 | If X is pushing on the stack, we can assume it causes no trouble, | |
1915 | so we set the SAFE field. */ | |
1916 | ||
1917 | static struct decomposition | |
1918 | decompose (x) | |
1919 | rtx x; | |
1920 | { | |
1921 | struct decomposition val; | |
1922 | int all_const = 0; | |
1923 | ||
1924 | val.reg_flag = 0; | |
1925 | val.safe = 0; | |
1926 | if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM) | |
1927 | { | |
1928 | rtx base, offset = 0; | |
1929 | rtx addr = XEXP (x, 0); | |
1930 | ||
1931 | if (GET_CODE (addr) == PRE_DEC || GET_CODE (addr) == PRE_INC | |
1932 | || GET_CODE (addr) == POST_DEC || GET_CODE (addr) == POST_INC) | |
1933 | { | |
1934 | val.base = XEXP (addr, 0); | |
1935 | val.start = - GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)); | |
1936 | val.end = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)); | |
1937 | val.safe = REGNO (val.base) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM; | |
1938 | return val; | |
1939 | } | |
1940 | ||
1941 | if (GET_CODE (addr) == CONST) | |
1942 | { | |
1943 | addr = XEXP (addr, 0); | |
1944 | all_const = 1; | |
1945 | } | |
1946 | if (GET_CODE (addr) == PLUS) | |
1947 | { | |
1948 | if (CONSTANT_P (XEXP (addr, 0))) | |
1949 | { | |
1950 | base = XEXP (addr, 1); | |
1951 | offset = XEXP (addr, 0); | |
1952 | } | |
1953 | else if (CONSTANT_P (XEXP (addr, 1))) | |
1954 | { | |
1955 | base = XEXP (addr, 0); | |
1956 | offset = XEXP (addr, 1); | |
1957 | } | |
1958 | } | |
1959 | ||
1960 | if (offset == 0) | |
1961 | { | |
1962 | base = addr; | |
1963 | offset = const0_rtx; | |
1964 | } | |
1965 | if (GET_CODE (offset) == CONST) | |
1966 | offset = XEXP (offset, 0); | |
1967 | if (GET_CODE (offset) == PLUS) | |
1968 | { | |
1969 | if (GET_CODE (XEXP (offset, 0)) == CONST_INT) | |
1970 | { | |
1971 | base = gen_rtx (PLUS, GET_MODE (base), base, XEXP (offset, 1)); | |
1972 | offset = XEXP (offset, 0); | |
1973 | } | |
1974 | else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (offset, 1)) == CONST_INT) | |
1975 | { | |
1976 | base = gen_rtx (PLUS, GET_MODE (base), base, XEXP (offset, 0)); | |
1977 | offset = XEXP (offset, 1); | |
1978 | } | |
1979 | else | |
1980 | { | |
1981 | base = gen_rtx (PLUS, GET_MODE (base), base, offset); | |
1982 | offset = const0_rtx; | |
1983 | } | |
1984 | } | |
1985 | else if (GET_CODE (offset) != CONST_INT) | |
1986 | { | |
1987 | base = gen_rtx (PLUS, GET_MODE (base), base, offset); | |
1988 | offset = const0_rtx; | |
1989 | } | |
1990 | ||
1991 | if (all_const && GET_CODE (base) == PLUS) | |
1992 | base = gen_rtx (CONST, GET_MODE (base), base); | |
1993 | ||
1994 | if (GET_CODE (offset) != CONST_INT) | |
1995 | abort (); | |
1996 | ||
1997 | val.start = INTVAL (offset); | |
1998 | val.end = val.start + GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)); | |
1999 | val.base = base; | |
2000 | return val; | |
2001 | } | |
2002 | else if (GET_CODE (x) == REG) | |
2003 | { | |
2004 | val.reg_flag = 1; | |
2005 | val.start = true_regnum (x); | |
2006 | if (val.start < 0) | |
2007 | { | |
2008 | /* A pseudo with no hard reg. */ | |
2009 | val.start = REGNO (x); | |
2010 | val.end = val.start + 1; | |
2011 | } | |
2012 | else | |
2013 | /* A hard reg. */ | |
2014 | val.end = val.start + HARD_REGNO_NREGS (val.start, GET_MODE (x)); | |
2015 | } | |
2016 | else if (GET_CODE (x) == SUBREG) | |
2017 | { | |
2018 | if (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (x)) != REG) | |
2019 | /* This could be more precise, but it's good enough. */ | |
2020 | return decompose (SUBREG_REG (x)); | |
2021 | val.reg_flag = 1; | |
2022 | val.start = true_regnum (x); | |
2023 | if (val.start < 0) | |
2024 | return decompose (SUBREG_REG (x)); | |
2025 | else | |
2026 | /* A hard reg. */ | |
2027 | val.end = val.start + HARD_REGNO_NREGS (val.start, GET_MODE (x)); | |
2028 | } | |
2029 | else if (CONSTANT_P (x) | |
2030 | /* This hasn't been assigned yet, so it can't conflict yet. */ | |
2031 | || GET_CODE (x) == SCRATCH) | |
2032 | val.safe = 1; | |
2033 | else | |
2034 | abort (); | |
2035 | return val; | |
2036 | } | |
2037 | ||
2038 | /* Return 1 if altering Y will not modify the value of X. | |
2039 | Y is also described by YDATA, which should be decompose (Y). */ | |
2040 | ||
2041 | static int | |
2042 | immune_p (x, y, ydata) | |
2043 | rtx x, y; | |
2044 | struct decomposition ydata; | |
2045 | { | |
2046 | struct decomposition xdata; | |
2047 | ||
2048 | if (ydata.reg_flag) | |
fb3821f7 | 2049 | return !refers_to_regno_for_reload_p (ydata.start, ydata.end, x, NULL_PTR); |
eab89b90 RK |
2050 | if (ydata.safe) |
2051 | return 1; | |
2052 | ||
2053 | if (GET_CODE (y) != MEM) | |
2054 | abort (); | |
2055 | /* If Y is memory and X is not, Y can't affect X. */ | |
2056 | if (GET_CODE (x) != MEM) | |
2057 | return 1; | |
2058 | ||
2059 | xdata = decompose (x); | |
2060 | ||
2061 | if (! rtx_equal_p (xdata.base, ydata.base)) | |
2062 | { | |
2063 | /* If bases are distinct symbolic constants, there is no overlap. */ | |
2064 | if (CONSTANT_P (xdata.base) && CONSTANT_P (ydata.base)) | |
2065 | return 1; | |
2066 | /* Constants and stack slots never overlap. */ | |
2067 | if (CONSTANT_P (xdata.base) | |
2068 | && (ydata.base == frame_pointer_rtx | |
a36d4c62 | 2069 | || ydata.base == hard_frame_pointer_rtx |
eab89b90 RK |
2070 | || ydata.base == stack_pointer_rtx)) |
2071 | return 1; | |
2072 | if (CONSTANT_P (ydata.base) | |
2073 | && (xdata.base == frame_pointer_rtx | |
a36d4c62 | 2074 | || xdata.base == hard_frame_pointer_rtx |
eab89b90 RK |
2075 | || xdata.base == stack_pointer_rtx)) |
2076 | return 1; | |
2077 | /* If either base is variable, we don't know anything. */ | |
2078 | return 0; | |
2079 | } | |
2080 | ||
2081 | ||
2082 | return (xdata.start >= ydata.end || ydata.start >= xdata.end); | |
2083 | } | |
44ace968 | 2084 | |
f72aed24 | 2085 | /* Similar, but calls decompose. */ |
44ace968 JW |
2086 | |
2087 | int | |
2088 | safe_from_earlyclobber (op, clobber) | |
2089 | rtx op, clobber; | |
2090 | { | |
2091 | struct decomposition early_data; | |
2092 | ||
2093 | early_data = decompose (clobber); | |
2094 | return immune_p (op, clobber, early_data); | |
2095 | } | |
eab89b90 RK |
2096 | \f |
2097 | /* Main entry point of this file: search the body of INSN | |
2098 | for values that need reloading and record them with push_reload. | |
2099 | REPLACE nonzero means record also where the values occur | |
2100 | so that subst_reloads can be used. | |
2101 | ||
2102 | IND_LEVELS says how many levels of indirection are supported by this | |
2103 | machine; a value of zero means that a memory reference is not a valid | |
2104 | memory address. | |
2105 | ||
2106 | LIVE_KNOWN says we have valid information about which hard | |
2107 | regs are live at each point in the program; this is true when | |
2108 | we are called from global_alloc but false when stupid register | |
2109 | allocation has been done. | |
2110 | ||
2111 | RELOAD_REG_P if nonzero is a vector indexed by hard reg number | |
2112 | which is nonnegative if the reg has been commandeered for reloading into. | |
2113 | It is copied into STATIC_RELOAD_REG_P and referenced from there | |
2114 | by various subroutines. */ | |
2115 | ||
2116 | void | |
2117 | find_reloads (insn, replace, ind_levels, live_known, reload_reg_p) | |
2118 | rtx insn; | |
2119 | int replace, ind_levels; | |
2120 | int live_known; | |
2121 | short *reload_reg_p; | |
2122 | { | |
eab89b90 RK |
2123 | #ifdef REGISTER_CONSTRAINTS |
2124 | ||
eab89b90 | 2125 | register int insn_code_number; |
a8c9daeb | 2126 | register int i, j; |
eab89b90 RK |
2127 | int noperands; |
2128 | /* These are the constraints for the insn. We don't change them. */ | |
2129 | char *constraints1[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; | |
2130 | /* These start out as the constraints for the insn | |
2131 | and they are chewed up as we consider alternatives. */ | |
2132 | char *constraints[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; | |
2133 | /* These are the preferred classes for an operand, or NO_REGS if it isn't | |
2134 | a register. */ | |
2135 | enum reg_class preferred_class[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; | |
2136 | char pref_or_nothing[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; | |
2137 | /* Nonzero for a MEM operand whose entire address needs a reload. */ | |
2138 | int address_reloaded[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; | |
a8c9daeb RK |
2139 | /* Value of enum reload_type to use for operand. */ |
2140 | enum reload_type operand_type[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; | |
2141 | /* Value of enum reload_type to use within address of operand. */ | |
2142 | enum reload_type address_type[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; | |
2143 | /* Save the usage of each operand. */ | |
2144 | enum reload_usage { RELOAD_READ, RELOAD_READ_WRITE, RELOAD_WRITE } modified[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; | |
eab89b90 RK |
2145 | int no_input_reloads = 0, no_output_reloads = 0; |
2146 | int n_alternatives; | |
2147 | int this_alternative[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; | |
2148 | char this_alternative_win[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; | |
2149 | char this_alternative_offmemok[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; | |
2150 | char this_alternative_earlyclobber[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; | |
2151 | int this_alternative_matches[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; | |
2152 | int swapped; | |
2153 | int goal_alternative[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; | |
2154 | int this_alternative_number; | |
2155 | int goal_alternative_number; | |
2156 | int operand_reloadnum[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; | |
2157 | int goal_alternative_matches[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; | |
2158 | int goal_alternative_matched[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; | |
2159 | char goal_alternative_win[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; | |
2160 | char goal_alternative_offmemok[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; | |
2161 | char goal_alternative_earlyclobber[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; | |
2162 | int goal_alternative_swapped; | |
eab89b90 RK |
2163 | int best; |
2164 | int commutative; | |
2165 | char operands_match[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS][MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; | |
2166 | rtx substed_operand[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; | |
2167 | rtx body = PATTERN (insn); | |
2168 | rtx set = single_set (insn); | |
2169 | int goal_earlyclobber, this_earlyclobber; | |
2170 | enum machine_mode operand_mode[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; | |
2171 | ||
2172 | this_insn = insn; | |
2173 | this_insn_is_asm = 0; /* Tentative. */ | |
2174 | n_reloads = 0; | |
2175 | n_replacements = 0; | |
2176 | n_memlocs = 0; | |
2177 | n_earlyclobbers = 0; | |
2178 | replace_reloads = replace; | |
2179 | hard_regs_live_known = live_known; | |
2180 | static_reload_reg_p = reload_reg_p; | |
2181 | ||
2182 | /* JUMP_INSNs and CALL_INSNs are not allowed to have any output reloads; | |
2183 | neither are insns that SET cc0. Insns that use CC0 are not allowed | |
2184 | to have any input reloads. */ | |
2185 | if (GET_CODE (insn) == JUMP_INSN || GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN) | |
2186 | no_output_reloads = 1; | |
2187 | ||
2188 | #ifdef HAVE_cc0 | |
2189 | if (reg_referenced_p (cc0_rtx, PATTERN (insn))) | |
2190 | no_input_reloads = 1; | |
2191 | if (reg_set_p (cc0_rtx, PATTERN (insn))) | |
2192 | no_output_reloads = 1; | |
2193 | #endif | |
2194 | ||
0dadecf6 RK |
2195 | #ifdef SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED |
2196 | /* The eliminated forms of any secondary memory locations are per-insn, so | |
2197 | clear them out here. */ | |
2198 | ||
4c9a05bc | 2199 | bzero ((char *) secondary_memlocs_elim, sizeof secondary_memlocs_elim); |
0dadecf6 RK |
2200 | #endif |
2201 | ||
eab89b90 RK |
2202 | /* Find what kind of insn this is. NOPERANDS gets number of operands. |
2203 | Make OPERANDS point to a vector of operand values. | |
2204 | Make OPERAND_LOCS point to a vector of pointers to | |
2205 | where the operands were found. | |
2206 | Fill CONSTRAINTS and CONSTRAINTS1 with pointers to the | |
2207 | constraint-strings for this insn. | |
2208 | Return if the insn needs no reload processing. */ | |
2209 | ||
2210 | switch (GET_CODE (body)) | |
2211 | { | |
2212 | case USE: | |
2213 | case CLOBBER: | |
2214 | case ASM_INPUT: | |
2215 | case ADDR_VEC: | |
2216 | case ADDR_DIFF_VEC: | |
2217 | return; | |
2218 | ||
2219 | case SET: | |
2220 | /* Dispose quickly of (set (reg..) (reg..)) if both have hard regs and it | |
2221 | is cheap to move between them. If it is not, there may not be an insn | |
2222 | to do the copy, so we may need a reload. */ | |
2223 | if (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (body)) == REG | |
2224 | && REGNO (SET_DEST (body)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
2225 | && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (body)) == REG | |
2226 | && REGNO (SET_SRC (body)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
2227 | && REGISTER_MOVE_COST (REGNO_REG_CLASS (REGNO (SET_SRC (body))), | |
2228 | REGNO_REG_CLASS (REGNO (SET_DEST (body)))) == 2) | |
2229 | return; | |
2230 | case PARALLEL: | |
2231 | case ASM_OPERANDS: | |
a8c9daeb | 2232 | reload_n_operands = noperands = asm_noperands (body); |
eab89b90 RK |
2233 | if (noperands >= 0) |
2234 | { | |
2235 | /* This insn is an `asm' with operands. */ | |
2236 | ||
2237 | insn_code_number = -1; | |
2238 | this_insn_is_asm = 1; | |
2239 | ||
2240 | /* expand_asm_operands makes sure there aren't too many operands. */ | |
2241 | if (noperands > MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS) | |
2242 | abort (); | |
2243 | ||
2244 | /* Now get the operand values and constraints out of the insn. */ | |
2245 | ||
2246 | decode_asm_operands (body, recog_operand, recog_operand_loc, | |
2247 | constraints, operand_mode); | |
2248 | if (noperands > 0) | |
2249 | { | |
4c9a05bc RK |
2250 | bcopy ((char *) constraints, (char *) constraints1, |
2251 | noperands * sizeof (char *)); | |
eab89b90 RK |
2252 | n_alternatives = n_occurrences (',', constraints[0]) + 1; |
2253 | for (i = 1; i < noperands; i++) | |
d45cf215 | 2254 | if (n_alternatives != n_occurrences (',', constraints[i]) + 1) |
eab89b90 RK |
2255 | { |
2256 | error_for_asm (insn, "operand constraints differ in number of alternatives"); | |
2257 | /* Avoid further trouble with this insn. */ | |
2258 | PATTERN (insn) = gen_rtx (USE, VOIDmode, const0_rtx); | |
2259 | n_reloads = 0; | |
2260 | return; | |
2261 | } | |
2262 | } | |
2263 | break; | |
2264 | } | |
2265 | ||
2266 | default: | |
2267 | /* Ordinary insn: recognize it, get the operands via insn_extract | |
2268 | and get the constraints. */ | |
2269 | ||
2270 | insn_code_number = recog_memoized (insn); | |
2271 | if (insn_code_number < 0) | |
2272 | fatal_insn_not_found (insn); | |
2273 | ||
a8c9daeb | 2274 | reload_n_operands = noperands = insn_n_operands[insn_code_number]; |
eab89b90 RK |
2275 | n_alternatives = insn_n_alternatives[insn_code_number]; |
2276 | /* Just return "no reloads" if insn has no operands with constraints. */ | |
2277 | if (n_alternatives == 0) | |
2278 | return; | |
2279 | insn_extract (insn); | |
2280 | for (i = 0; i < noperands; i++) | |
2281 | { | |
2282 | constraints[i] = constraints1[i] | |
2283 | = insn_operand_constraint[insn_code_number][i]; | |
2284 | operand_mode[i] = insn_operand_mode[insn_code_number][i]; | |
2285 | } | |
2286 | } | |
2287 | ||
2288 | if (noperands == 0) | |
2289 | return; | |
2290 | ||
2291 | commutative = -1; | |
2292 | ||
2293 | /* If we will need to know, later, whether some pair of operands | |
2294 | are the same, we must compare them now and save the result. | |
2295 | Reloading the base and index registers will clobber them | |
2296 | and afterward they will fail to match. */ | |
2297 | ||
2298 | for (i = 0; i < noperands; i++) | |
2299 | { | |
2300 | register char *p; | |
2301 | register int c; | |
2302 | ||
2303 | substed_operand[i] = recog_operand[i]; | |
2304 | p = constraints[i]; | |
2305 | ||
a8c9daeb RK |
2306 | modified[i] = RELOAD_READ; |
2307 | ||
2308 | /* Scan this operand's constraint to see if it is an output operand, | |
2309 | an in-out operand, is commutative, or should match another. */ | |
eab89b90 RK |
2310 | |
2311 | while (c = *p++) | |
a8c9daeb RK |
2312 | { |
2313 | if (c == '=') | |
2314 | modified[i] = RELOAD_WRITE; | |
2315 | else if (c == '+') | |
2316 | modified[i] = RELOAD_READ_WRITE; | |
2317 | else if (c == '%') | |
2318 | { | |
2319 | /* The last operand should not be marked commutative. */ | |
2320 | if (i == noperands - 1) | |
2321 | { | |
2322 | if (this_insn_is_asm) | |
2323 | warning_for_asm (this_insn, | |
2324 | "`%%' constraint used with last operand"); | |
2325 | else | |
2326 | abort (); | |
2327 | } | |
2328 | else | |
2329 | commutative = i; | |
2330 | } | |
2331 | else if (c >= '0' && c <= '9') | |
2332 | { | |
2333 | c -= '0'; | |
2334 | operands_match[c][i] | |
2335 | = operands_match_p (recog_operand[c], recog_operand[i]); | |
ea9c5b9e | 2336 | |
a8c9daeb RK |
2337 | /* An operand may not match itself. */ |
2338 | if (c == i) | |
2339 | { | |
2340 | if (this_insn_is_asm) | |
2341 | warning_for_asm (this_insn, | |
2342 | "operand %d has constraint %d", i, c); | |
2343 | else | |
2344 | abort (); | |
2345 | } | |
ea9c5b9e | 2346 | |
a8c9daeb RK |
2347 | /* If C can be commuted with C+1, and C might need to match I, |
2348 | then C+1 might also need to match I. */ | |
2349 | if (commutative >= 0) | |
2350 | { | |
2351 | if (c == commutative || c == commutative + 1) | |
2352 | { | |
2353 | int other = c + (c == commutative ? 1 : -1); | |
2354 | operands_match[other][i] | |
2355 | = operands_match_p (recog_operand[other], recog_operand[i]); | |
2356 | } | |
2357 | if (i == commutative || i == commutative + 1) | |
2358 | { | |
2359 | int other = i + (i == commutative ? 1 : -1); | |
2360 | operands_match[c][other] | |
2361 | = operands_match_p (recog_operand[c], recog_operand[other]); | |
2362 | } | |
2363 | /* Note that C is supposed to be less than I. | |
2364 | No need to consider altering both C and I because in | |
2365 | that case we would alter one into the other. */ | |
2366 | } | |
2367 | } | |
2368 | } | |
eab89b90 RK |
2369 | } |
2370 | ||
2371 | /* Examine each operand that is a memory reference or memory address | |
2372 | and reload parts of the addresses into index registers. | |
eab89b90 RK |
2373 | Also here any references to pseudo regs that didn't get hard regs |
2374 | but are equivalent to constants get replaced in the insn itself | |
2375 | with those constants. Nobody will ever see them again. | |
2376 | ||
2377 | Finally, set up the preferred classes of each operand. */ | |
2378 | ||
2379 | for (i = 0; i < noperands; i++) | |
2380 | { | |
2381 | register RTX_CODE code = GET_CODE (recog_operand[i]); | |
a8c9daeb | 2382 | |
eab89b90 | 2383 | address_reloaded[i] = 0; |
a8c9daeb RK |
2384 | operand_type[i] = (modified[i] == RELOAD_READ ? RELOAD_FOR_INPUT |
2385 | : modified[i] == RELOAD_WRITE ? RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT | |
2386 | : RELOAD_OTHER); | |
2387 | address_type[i] | |
2388 | = (modified[i] == RELOAD_READ ? RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS | |
2389 | : modified[i] == RELOAD_WRITE ? RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS | |
2390 | : RELOAD_OTHER); | |
eab89b90 | 2391 | |
0d38001f RS |
2392 | if (*constraints[i] == 0) |
2393 | /* Ignore things like match_operator operands. */ | |
2394 | ; | |
2395 | else if (constraints[i][0] == 'p') | |
eab89b90 | 2396 | { |
fb3821f7 | 2397 | find_reloads_address (VOIDmode, NULL_PTR, |
eab89b90 | 2398 | recog_operand[i], recog_operand_loc[i], |
a8c9daeb | 2399 | i, operand_type[i], ind_levels); |
eab89b90 RK |
2400 | substed_operand[i] = recog_operand[i] = *recog_operand_loc[i]; |
2401 | } | |
2402 | else if (code == MEM) | |
2403 | { | |
2404 | if (find_reloads_address (GET_MODE (recog_operand[i]), | |
2405 | recog_operand_loc[i], | |
2406 | XEXP (recog_operand[i], 0), | |
2407 | &XEXP (recog_operand[i], 0), | |
a8c9daeb | 2408 | i, address_type[i], ind_levels)) |
eab89b90 RK |
2409 | address_reloaded[i] = 1; |
2410 | substed_operand[i] = recog_operand[i] = *recog_operand_loc[i]; | |
2411 | } | |
2412 | else if (code == SUBREG) | |
2413 | substed_operand[i] = recog_operand[i] = *recog_operand_loc[i] | |
a8c9daeb RK |
2414 | = find_reloads_toplev (recog_operand[i], i, address_type[i], |
2415 | ind_levels, | |
eab89b90 RK |
2416 | set != 0 |
2417 | && &SET_DEST (set) == recog_operand_loc[i]); | |
944d7b14 RS |
2418 | else if (code == PLUS) |
2419 | /* We can get a PLUS as an "operand" as a result of | |
a8647766 | 2420 | register elimination. See eliminate_regs and gen_reload. */ |
944d7b14 RS |
2421 | substed_operand[i] = recog_operand[i] = *recog_operand_loc[i] |
2422 | = find_reloads_toplev (recog_operand[i], i, address_type[i], | |
2423 | ind_levels, 0); | |
eab89b90 RK |
2424 | else if (code == REG) |
2425 | { | |
2426 | /* This is equivalent to calling find_reloads_toplev. | |
2427 | The code is duplicated for speed. | |
2428 | When we find a pseudo always equivalent to a constant, | |
2429 | we replace it by the constant. We must be sure, however, | |
2430 | that we don't try to replace it in the insn in which it | |
2431 | is being set. */ | |
2432 | register int regno = REGNO (recog_operand[i]); | |
2433 | if (reg_equiv_constant[regno] != 0 | |
2434 | && (set == 0 || &SET_DEST (set) != recog_operand_loc[i])) | |
2435 | substed_operand[i] = recog_operand[i] | |
2436 | = reg_equiv_constant[regno]; | |
2437 | #if 0 /* This might screw code in reload1.c to delete prior output-reload | |
2438 | that feeds this insn. */ | |
2439 | if (reg_equiv_mem[regno] != 0) | |
2440 | substed_operand[i] = recog_operand[i] | |
2441 | = reg_equiv_mem[regno]; | |
2442 | #endif | |
2443 | if (reg_equiv_address[regno] != 0) | |
2444 | { | |
2445 | /* If reg_equiv_address is not a constant address, copy it, | |
2446 | since it may be shared. */ | |
2447 | rtx address = reg_equiv_address[regno]; | |
2448 | ||
2449 | if (rtx_varies_p (address)) | |
2450 | address = copy_rtx (address); | |
2451 | ||
2452 | /* If this is an output operand, we must output a CLOBBER | |
a8c9daeb RK |
2453 | after INSN so find_equiv_reg knows REGNO is being written. |
2454 | Mark this insn specially, do we can put our output reloads | |
2455 | after it. */ | |
2456 | ||
2457 | if (modified[i] != RELOAD_READ) | |
2458 | PUT_MODE (emit_insn_after (gen_rtx (CLOBBER, VOIDmode, | |
2459 | recog_operand[i]), | |
2460 | insn), | |
2461 | DImode); | |
eab89b90 RK |
2462 | |
2463 | *recog_operand_loc[i] = recog_operand[i] | |
2464 | = gen_rtx (MEM, GET_MODE (recog_operand[i]), address); | |
2465 | RTX_UNCHANGING_P (recog_operand[i]) | |
2466 | = RTX_UNCHANGING_P (regno_reg_rtx[regno]); | |
2467 | find_reloads_address (GET_MODE (recog_operand[i]), | |
130659a4 | 2468 | recog_operand_loc[i], |
eab89b90 RK |
2469 | XEXP (recog_operand[i], 0), |
2470 | &XEXP (recog_operand[i], 0), | |
a8c9daeb | 2471 | i, address_type[i], ind_levels); |
eab89b90 RK |
2472 | substed_operand[i] = recog_operand[i] = *recog_operand_loc[i]; |
2473 | } | |
2474 | } | |
aaf9712e RS |
2475 | /* If the operand is still a register (we didn't replace it with an |
2476 | equivalent), get the preferred class to reload it into. */ | |
2477 | code = GET_CODE (recog_operand[i]); | |
2478 | preferred_class[i] | |
91f9a6ed | 2479 | = ((code == REG && REGNO (recog_operand[i]) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) |
aaf9712e RS |
2480 | ? reg_preferred_class (REGNO (recog_operand[i])) : NO_REGS); |
2481 | pref_or_nothing[i] | |
91f9a6ed | 2482 | = (code == REG && REGNO (recog_operand[i]) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER |
e4600702 | 2483 | && reg_alternate_class (REGNO (recog_operand[i])) == NO_REGS); |
eab89b90 RK |
2484 | } |
2485 | ||
2486 | /* If this is simply a copy from operand 1 to operand 0, merge the | |
2487 | preferred classes for the operands. */ | |
2488 | if (set != 0 && noperands >= 2 && recog_operand[0] == SET_DEST (set) | |
2489 | && recog_operand[1] == SET_SRC (set)) | |
2490 | { | |
2491 | preferred_class[0] = preferred_class[1] | |
2492 | = reg_class_subunion[(int) preferred_class[0]][(int) preferred_class[1]]; | |
2493 | pref_or_nothing[0] |= pref_or_nothing[1]; | |
2494 | pref_or_nothing[1] |= pref_or_nothing[0]; | |
2495 | } | |
2496 | ||
2497 | /* Now see what we need for pseudo-regs that didn't get hard regs | |
2498 | or got the wrong kind of hard reg. For this, we must consider | |
2499 | all the operands together against the register constraints. */ | |
2500 | ||
2501 | best = MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS + 300; | |
2502 | ||
2503 | swapped = 0; | |
2504 | goal_alternative_swapped = 0; | |
2505 | try_swapped: | |
2506 | ||
2507 | /* The constraints are made of several alternatives. | |
2508 | Each operand's constraint looks like foo,bar,... with commas | |
2509 | separating the alternatives. The first alternatives for all | |
2510 | operands go together, the second alternatives go together, etc. | |
2511 | ||
2512 | First loop over alternatives. */ | |
2513 | ||
2514 | for (this_alternative_number = 0; | |
2515 | this_alternative_number < n_alternatives; | |
2516 | this_alternative_number++) | |
2517 | { | |
2518 | /* Loop over operands for one constraint alternative. */ | |
2519 | /* LOSERS counts those that don't fit this alternative | |
2520 | and would require loading. */ | |
2521 | int losers = 0; | |
2522 | /* BAD is set to 1 if it some operand can't fit this alternative | |
2523 | even after reloading. */ | |
2524 | int bad = 0; | |
2525 | /* REJECT is a count of how undesirable this alternative says it is | |
2526 | if any reloading is required. If the alternative matches exactly | |
2527 | then REJECT is ignored, but otherwise it gets this much | |
2528 | counted against it in addition to the reloading needed. Each | |
2529 | ? counts three times here since we want the disparaging caused by | |
2530 | a bad register class to only count 1/3 as much. */ | |
2531 | int reject = 0; | |
2532 | ||
2533 | this_earlyclobber = 0; | |
2534 | ||
2535 | for (i = 0; i < noperands; i++) | |
2536 | { | |
2537 | register char *p = constraints[i]; | |
2538 | register int win = 0; | |
2539 | /* 0 => this operand can be reloaded somehow for this alternative */ | |
2540 | int badop = 1; | |
2541 | /* 0 => this operand can be reloaded if the alternative allows regs. */ | |
2542 | int winreg = 0; | |
2543 | int c; | |
2544 | register rtx operand = recog_operand[i]; | |
2545 | int offset = 0; | |
2546 | /* Nonzero means this is a MEM that must be reloaded into a reg | |
2547 | regardless of what the constraint says. */ | |
2548 | int force_reload = 0; | |
2549 | int offmemok = 0; | |
9d926da5 RK |
2550 | /* Nonzero if a constant forced into memory would be OK for this |
2551 | operand. */ | |
2552 | int constmemok = 0; | |
eab89b90 RK |
2553 | int earlyclobber = 0; |
2554 | ||
2555 | /* If the operand is a SUBREG, extract | |
2556 | the REG or MEM (or maybe even a constant) within. | |
2557 | (Constants can occur as a result of reg_equiv_constant.) */ | |
2558 | ||
2559 | while (GET_CODE (operand) == SUBREG) | |
2560 | { | |
2561 | offset += SUBREG_WORD (operand); | |
2562 | operand = SUBREG_REG (operand); | |
ca769828 | 2563 | /* Force reload if this is a constant or PLUS or if there may may |
a61c98cf RK |
2564 | be a problem accessing OPERAND in the outer mode. */ |
2565 | if (CONSTANT_P (operand) | |
ca769828 | 2566 | || GET_CODE (operand) == PLUS |
03b72c86 RK |
2567 | /* We must force a reload of paradoxical SUBREGs |
2568 | of a MEM because the alignment of the inner value | |
beb5a9b8 RK |
2569 | may not be enough to do the outer reference. On |
2570 | big-endian machines, it may also reference outside | |
2571 | the object. | |
03b72c86 RK |
2572 | |
2573 | On machines that extend byte operations and we have a | |
486d8509 RK |
2574 | SUBREG where both the inner and outer modes are no wider |
2575 | than a word and the inner mode is narrower, is integral, | |
2576 | and gets extended when loaded from memory, combine.c has | |
2577 | made assumptions about the behavior of the machine in such | |
03b72c86 RK |
2578 | register access. If the data is, in fact, in memory we |
2579 | must always load using the size assumed to be in the | |
2580 | register and let the insn do the different-sized | |
2581 | accesses. */ | |
a61c98cf RK |
2582 | || ((GET_CODE (operand) == MEM |
2583 | || (GET_CODE (operand)== REG | |
2584 | && REGNO (operand) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)) | |
03b72c86 RK |
2585 | && (((GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (operand)) |
2586 | < BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT) | |
2587 | && (GET_MODE_SIZE (operand_mode[i]) | |
2588 | > GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (operand)))) | |
beb5a9b8 | 2589 | || (GET_CODE (operand) == MEM && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN) |
03b72c86 RK |
2590 | #ifdef LOAD_EXTEND_OP |
2591 | || (GET_MODE_SIZE (operand_mode[i]) <= UNITS_PER_WORD | |
2592 | && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (operand)) | |
2593 | <= UNITS_PER_WORD) | |
2594 | && (GET_MODE_SIZE (operand_mode[i]) | |
486d8509 RK |
2595 | > GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (operand))) |
2596 | && INTEGRAL_MODE_P (GET_MODE (operand)) | |
2597 | && LOAD_EXTEND_OP (GET_MODE (operand)) != NIL) | |
46da6b3a | 2598 | #endif |
03b72c86 | 2599 | )) |
eab89b90 RK |
2600 | /* Subreg of a hard reg which can't handle the subreg's mode |
2601 | or which would handle that mode in the wrong number of | |
2602 | registers for subregging to work. */ | |
a61c98cf RK |
2603 | || (GET_CODE (operand) == REG |
2604 | && REGNO (operand) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
f72ccbe6 RK |
2605 | && ((GET_MODE_SIZE (operand_mode[i]) <= UNITS_PER_WORD |
2606 | && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (operand)) | |
2607 | > UNITS_PER_WORD) | |
2608 | && ((GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (operand)) | |
2609 | / UNITS_PER_WORD) | |
2610 | != HARD_REGNO_NREGS (REGNO (operand), | |
2611 | GET_MODE (operand)))) | |
2612 | || ! HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (REGNO (operand) + offset, | |
2613 | operand_mode[i])))) | |
eab89b90 RK |
2614 | force_reload = 1; |
2615 | } | |
2616 | ||
2617 | this_alternative[i] = (int) NO_REGS; | |
2618 | this_alternative_win[i] = 0; | |
2619 | this_alternative_offmemok[i] = 0; | |
2620 | this_alternative_earlyclobber[i] = 0; | |
2621 | this_alternative_matches[i] = -1; | |
2622 | ||
2623 | /* An empty constraint or empty alternative | |
2624 | allows anything which matched the pattern. */ | |
2625 | if (*p == 0 || *p == ',') | |
2626 | win = 1, badop = 0; | |
2627 | ||
2628 | /* Scan this alternative's specs for this operand; | |
2629 | set WIN if the operand fits any letter in this alternative. | |
2630 | Otherwise, clear BADOP if this operand could | |
2631 | fit some letter after reloads, | |
2632 | or set WINREG if this operand could fit after reloads | |
2633 | provided the constraint allows some registers. */ | |
2634 | ||
2635 | while (*p && (c = *p++) != ',') | |
2636 | switch (c) | |
2637 | { | |
2638 | case '=': | |
eab89b90 | 2639 | case '+': |
eab89b90 RK |
2640 | case '*': |
2641 | break; | |
2642 | ||
2643 | case '%': | |
42add480 TW |
2644 | /* The last operand should not be marked commutative. */ |
2645 | if (i != noperands - 1) | |
2646 | commutative = i; | |
eab89b90 RK |
2647 | break; |
2648 | ||
2649 | case '?': | |
2650 | reject += 3; | |
2651 | break; | |
2652 | ||
2653 | case '!': | |
2654 | reject = 300; | |
2655 | break; | |
2656 | ||
2657 | case '#': | |
2658 | /* Ignore rest of this alternative as far as | |
2659 | reloading is concerned. */ | |
2660 | while (*p && *p != ',') p++; | |
2661 | break; | |
2662 | ||
2663 | case '0': | |
2664 | case '1': | |
2665 | case '2': | |
2666 | case '3': | |
2667 | case '4': | |
2668 | c -= '0'; | |
2669 | this_alternative_matches[i] = c; | |
2670 | /* We are supposed to match a previous operand. | |
2671 | If we do, we win if that one did. | |
2672 | If we do not, count both of the operands as losers. | |
2673 | (This is too conservative, since most of the time | |
2674 | only a single reload insn will be needed to make | |
2675 | the two operands win. As a result, this alternative | |
2676 | may be rejected when it is actually desirable.) */ | |
2677 | if ((swapped && (c != commutative || i != commutative + 1)) | |
2678 | /* If we are matching as if two operands were swapped, | |
2679 | also pretend that operands_match had been computed | |
2680 | with swapped. | |
2681 | But if I is the second of those and C is the first, | |
2682 | don't exchange them, because operands_match is valid | |
2683 | only on one side of its diagonal. */ | |
2684 | ? (operands_match | |
2685 | [(c == commutative || c == commutative + 1) | |
2686 | ? 2*commutative + 1 - c : c] | |
2687 | [(i == commutative || i == commutative + 1) | |
2688 | ? 2*commutative + 1 - i : i]) | |
2689 | : operands_match[c][i]) | |
2690 | win = this_alternative_win[c]; | |
2691 | else | |
2692 | { | |
2693 | /* Operands don't match. */ | |
2694 | rtx value; | |
2695 | /* Retroactively mark the operand we had to match | |
2696 | as a loser, if it wasn't already. */ | |
2697 | if (this_alternative_win[c]) | |
2698 | losers++; | |
2699 | this_alternative_win[c] = 0; | |
2700 | if (this_alternative[c] == (int) NO_REGS) | |
2701 | bad = 1; | |
2702 | /* But count the pair only once in the total badness of | |
2703 | this alternative, if the pair can be a dummy reload. */ | |
2704 | value | |
2705 | = find_dummy_reload (recog_operand[i], recog_operand[c], | |
2706 | recog_operand_loc[i], recog_operand_loc[c], | |
adb44af8 | 2707 | operand_mode[i], operand_mode[c], |
eab89b90 RK |
2708 | this_alternative[c], -1); |
2709 | ||
2710 | if (value != 0) | |
2711 | losers--; | |
2712 | } | |
2713 | /* This can be fixed with reloads if the operand | |
2714 | we are supposed to match can be fixed with reloads. */ | |
2715 | badop = 0; | |
2716 | this_alternative[i] = this_alternative[c]; | |
e64c4f9e RK |
2717 | |
2718 | /* If we have to reload this operand and some previous | |
2719 | operand also had to match the same thing as this | |
2720 | operand, we don't know how to do that. So reject this | |
2721 | alternative. */ | |
2722 | if (! win || force_reload) | |
2723 | for (j = 0; j < i; j++) | |
2724 | if (this_alternative_matches[j] | |
2725 | == this_alternative_matches[i]) | |
2726 | badop = 1; | |
2727 | ||
eab89b90 RK |
2728 | break; |
2729 | ||
2730 | case 'p': | |
2731 | /* All necessary reloads for an address_operand | |
2732 | were handled in find_reloads_address. */ | |
5c73e847 | 2733 | this_alternative[i] = (int) BASE_REG_CLASS; |
eab89b90 RK |
2734 | win = 1; |
2735 | break; | |
2736 | ||
2737 | case 'm': | |
2738 | if (force_reload) | |
2739 | break; | |
2740 | if (GET_CODE (operand) == MEM | |
2741 | || (GET_CODE (operand) == REG | |
2742 | && REGNO (operand) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
2743 | && reg_renumber[REGNO (operand)] < 0)) | |
2744 | win = 1; | |
2745 | if (CONSTANT_P (operand)) | |
2746 | badop = 0; | |
9d926da5 | 2747 | constmemok = 1; |
eab89b90 RK |
2748 | break; |
2749 | ||
2750 | case '<': | |
2751 | if (GET_CODE (operand) == MEM | |
2752 | && ! address_reloaded[i] | |
2753 | && (GET_CODE (XEXP (operand, 0)) == PRE_DEC | |
2754 | || GET_CODE (XEXP (operand, 0)) == POST_DEC)) | |
2755 | win = 1; | |
2756 | break; | |
2757 | ||
2758 | case '>': | |
2759 | if (GET_CODE (operand) == MEM | |
2760 | && ! address_reloaded[i] | |
2761 | && (GET_CODE (XEXP (operand, 0)) == PRE_INC | |
2762 | || GET_CODE (XEXP (operand, 0)) == POST_INC)) | |
2763 | win = 1; | |
2764 | break; | |
2765 | ||
2766 | /* Memory operand whose address is not offsettable. */ | |
2767 | case 'V': | |
2768 | if (force_reload) | |
2769 | break; | |
2770 | if (GET_CODE (operand) == MEM | |
2771 | && ! (ind_levels ? offsettable_memref_p (operand) | |
2772 | : offsettable_nonstrict_memref_p (operand)) | |
2773 | /* Certain mem addresses will become offsettable | |
2774 | after they themselves are reloaded. This is important; | |
2775 | we don't want our own handling of unoffsettables | |
2776 | to override the handling of reg_equiv_address. */ | |
2777 | && !(GET_CODE (XEXP (operand, 0)) == REG | |
2778 | && (ind_levels == 0 | |
2779 | || reg_equiv_address[REGNO (XEXP (operand, 0))] != 0))) | |
2780 | win = 1; | |
2781 | break; | |
2782 | ||
2783 | /* Memory operand whose address is offsettable. */ | |
2784 | case 'o': | |
2785 | if (force_reload) | |
2786 | break; | |
2787 | if ((GET_CODE (operand) == MEM | |
2788 | /* If IND_LEVELS, find_reloads_address won't reload a | |
2789 | pseudo that didn't get a hard reg, so we have to | |
2790 | reject that case. */ | |
2791 | && (ind_levels ? offsettable_memref_p (operand) | |
2792 | : offsettable_nonstrict_memref_p (operand))) | |
2793 | /* Certain mem addresses will become offsettable | |
2794 | after they themselves are reloaded. This is important; | |
2795 | we don't want our own handling of unoffsettables | |
2796 | to override the handling of reg_equiv_address. */ | |
2797 | || (GET_CODE (operand) == MEM | |
2798 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (operand, 0)) == REG | |
2799 | && (ind_levels == 0 | |
2800 | || reg_equiv_address[REGNO (XEXP (operand, 0))] != 0)) | |
2801 | || (GET_CODE (operand) == REG | |
2802 | && REGNO (operand) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
3a322c50 RK |
2803 | && reg_renumber[REGNO (operand)] < 0 |
2804 | /* If reg_equiv_address is nonzero, we will be | |
2805 | loading it into a register; hence it will be | |
2806 | offsettable, but we cannot say that reg_equiv_mem | |
2807 | is offsettable without checking. */ | |
2808 | && ((reg_equiv_mem[REGNO (operand)] != 0 | |
2809 | && offsettable_memref_p (reg_equiv_mem[REGNO (operand)])) | |
2810 | || (reg_equiv_address[REGNO (operand)] != 0)))) | |
eab89b90 RK |
2811 | win = 1; |
2812 | if (CONSTANT_P (operand) || GET_CODE (operand) == MEM) | |
2813 | badop = 0; | |
9d926da5 | 2814 | constmemok = 1; |
eab89b90 RK |
2815 | offmemok = 1; |
2816 | break; | |
2817 | ||
2818 | case '&': | |
2819 | /* Output operand that is stored before the need for the | |
2820 | input operands (and their index registers) is over. */ | |
2821 | earlyclobber = 1, this_earlyclobber = 1; | |
2822 | break; | |
2823 | ||
2824 | case 'E': | |
2825 | /* Match any floating double constant, but only if | |
2826 | we can examine the bits of it reliably. */ | |
2827 | if ((HOST_FLOAT_FORMAT != TARGET_FLOAT_FORMAT | |
fb3821f7 | 2828 | || HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT != BITS_PER_WORD) |
eab89b90 RK |
2829 | && GET_MODE (operand) != VOIDmode && ! flag_pretend_float) |
2830 | break; | |
2831 | if (GET_CODE (operand) == CONST_DOUBLE) | |
2832 | win = 1; | |
2833 | break; | |
2834 | ||
2835 | case 'F': | |
2836 | if (GET_CODE (operand) == CONST_DOUBLE) | |
2837 | win = 1; | |
2838 | break; | |
2839 | ||
2840 | case 'G': | |
2841 | case 'H': | |
2842 | if (GET_CODE (operand) == CONST_DOUBLE | |
2843 | && CONST_DOUBLE_OK_FOR_LETTER_P (operand, c)) | |
2844 | win = 1; | |
2845 | break; | |
2846 | ||
2847 | case 's': | |
2848 | if (GET_CODE (operand) == CONST_INT | |
2849 | || (GET_CODE (operand) == CONST_DOUBLE | |
2850 | && GET_MODE (operand) == VOIDmode)) | |
2851 | break; | |
2852 | case 'i': | |
2853 | if (CONSTANT_P (operand) | |
2854 | #ifdef LEGITIMATE_PIC_OPERAND_P | |
2855 | && (! flag_pic || LEGITIMATE_PIC_OPERAND_P (operand)) | |
2856 | #endif | |
2857 | ) | |
2858 | win = 1; | |
2859 | break; | |
2860 | ||
2861 | case 'n': | |
2862 | if (GET_CODE (operand) == CONST_INT | |
2863 | || (GET_CODE (operand) == CONST_DOUBLE | |
2864 | && GET_MODE (operand) == VOIDmode)) | |
2865 | win = 1; | |
2866 | break; | |
2867 | ||
2868 | case 'I': | |
2869 | case 'J': | |
2870 | case 'K': | |
2871 | case 'L': | |
2872 | case 'M': | |
2873 | case 'N': | |
2874 | case 'O': | |
2875 | case 'P': | |
2876 | if (GET_CODE (operand) == CONST_INT | |
2877 | && CONST_OK_FOR_LETTER_P (INTVAL (operand), c)) | |
2878 | win = 1; | |
2879 | break; | |
2880 | ||
2881 | case 'X': | |
2882 | win = 1; | |
2883 | break; | |
2884 | ||
2885 | case 'g': | |
2886 | if (! force_reload | |
2887 | /* A PLUS is never a valid operand, but reload can make | |
2888 | it from a register when eliminating registers. */ | |
2889 | && GET_CODE (operand) != PLUS | |
2890 | /* A SCRATCH is not a valid operand. */ | |
2891 | && GET_CODE (operand) != SCRATCH | |
2892 | #ifdef LEGITIMATE_PIC_OPERAND_P | |
2893 | && (! CONSTANT_P (operand) | |
2894 | || ! flag_pic | |
2895 | || LEGITIMATE_PIC_OPERAND_P (operand)) | |
2896 | #endif | |
2897 | && (GENERAL_REGS == ALL_REGS | |
2898 | || GET_CODE (operand) != REG | |
2899 | || (REGNO (operand) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
2900 | && reg_renumber[REGNO (operand)] < 0))) | |
2901 | win = 1; | |
2902 | /* Drop through into 'r' case */ | |
2903 | ||
2904 | case 'r': | |
2905 | this_alternative[i] | |
2906 | = (int) reg_class_subunion[this_alternative[i]][(int) GENERAL_REGS]; | |
2907 | goto reg; | |
2908 | ||
2909 | #ifdef EXTRA_CONSTRAINT | |
2910 | case 'Q': | |
2911 | case 'R': | |
2912 | case 'S': | |
2913 | case 'T': | |
2914 | case 'U': | |
2915 | if (EXTRA_CONSTRAINT (operand, c)) | |
2916 | win = 1; | |
2917 | break; | |
2918 | #endif | |
2919 | ||
2920 | default: | |
2921 | this_alternative[i] | |
2922 | = (int) reg_class_subunion[this_alternative[i]][(int) REG_CLASS_FROM_LETTER (c)]; | |
2923 | ||
2924 | reg: | |
2925 | if (GET_MODE (operand) == BLKmode) | |
2926 | break; | |
2927 | winreg = 1; | |
2928 | if (GET_CODE (operand) == REG | |
2929 | && reg_fits_class_p (operand, this_alternative[i], | |
2930 | offset, GET_MODE (recog_operand[i]))) | |
2931 | win = 1; | |
2932 | break; | |
2933 | } | |
2934 | ||
2935 | constraints[i] = p; | |
2936 | ||
2937 | /* If this operand could be handled with a reg, | |
2938 | and some reg is allowed, then this operand can be handled. */ | |
2939 | if (winreg && this_alternative[i] != (int) NO_REGS) | |
2940 | badop = 0; | |
2941 | ||
2942 | /* Record which operands fit this alternative. */ | |
2943 | this_alternative_earlyclobber[i] = earlyclobber; | |
2944 | if (win && ! force_reload) | |
2945 | this_alternative_win[i] = 1; | |
2946 | else | |
2947 | { | |
9d926da5 RK |
2948 | int const_to_mem = 0; |
2949 | ||
eab89b90 RK |
2950 | this_alternative_offmemok[i] = offmemok; |
2951 | losers++; | |
2952 | if (badop) | |
2953 | bad = 1; | |
2954 | /* Alternative loses if it has no regs for a reg operand. */ | |
2955 | if (GET_CODE (operand) == REG | |
2956 | && this_alternative[i] == (int) NO_REGS | |
2957 | && this_alternative_matches[i] < 0) | |
2958 | bad = 1; | |
2959 | ||
2960 | /* Alternative loses if it requires a type of reload not | |
2961 | permitted for this insn. We can always reload SCRATCH | |
2962 | and objects with a REG_UNUSED note. */ | |
a8c9daeb RK |
2963 | if (GET_CODE (operand) != SCRATCH |
2964 | && modified[i] != RELOAD_READ && no_output_reloads | |
eab89b90 RK |
2965 | && ! find_reg_note (insn, REG_UNUSED, operand)) |
2966 | bad = 1; | |
2967 | else if (modified[i] != RELOAD_WRITE && no_input_reloads) | |
2968 | bad = 1; | |
2969 | ||
3a322c50 RK |
2970 | /* If this is a constant that is reloaded into the desired |
2971 | class by copying it to memory first, count that as another | |
2972 | reload. This is consistent with other code and is | |
2973 | required to avoid chosing another alternative when | |
2974 | the constant is moved into memory by this function on | |
2975 | an early reload pass. Note that the test here is | |
2976 | precisely the same as in the code below that calls | |
2977 | force_const_mem. */ | |
2978 | if (CONSTANT_P (operand) | |
59f25cf9 RK |
2979 | /* force_const_mem does not accept HIGH. */ |
2980 | && GET_CODE (operand) != HIGH | |
3a322c50 RK |
2981 | && (PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS (operand, |
2982 | (enum reg_class) this_alternative[i]) | |
2983 | == NO_REGS) | |
3a322c50 | 2984 | && operand_mode[i] != VOIDmode) |
9d926da5 RK |
2985 | { |
2986 | const_to_mem = 1; | |
2987 | if (this_alternative[i] != (int) NO_REGS) | |
2988 | losers++; | |
2989 | } | |
3a322c50 | 2990 | |
5e6aa513 RK |
2991 | /* If we can't reload this value at all, reject this |
2992 | alternative. Note that we could also lose due to | |
2993 | LIMIT_RELOAD_RELOAD_CLASS, but we don't check that | |
2994 | here. */ | |
2995 | ||
2996 | if (! CONSTANT_P (operand) | |
73b236b5 | 2997 | && (enum reg_class) this_alternative[i] != NO_REGS |
5e6aa513 RK |
2998 | && (PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS (operand, |
2999 | (enum reg_class) this_alternative[i]) | |
3000 | == NO_REGS)) | |
3001 | bad = 1; | |
3002 | ||
eab89b90 RK |
3003 | /* We prefer to reload pseudos over reloading other things, |
3004 | since such reloads may be able to be eliminated later. | |
3005 | If we are reloading a SCRATCH, we won't be generating any | |
3006 | insns, just using a register, so it is also preferred. | |
9d926da5 RK |
3007 | So bump REJECT in other cases. Don't do this in the |
3008 | case where we are forcing a constant into memory and | |
3009 | it will then win since we don't want to have a different | |
3010 | alternative match then. */ | |
915bb763 RK |
3011 | if (! (GET_CODE (operand) == REG |
3012 | && REGNO (operand) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
9d926da5 RK |
3013 | && GET_CODE (operand) != SCRATCH |
3014 | && ! (const_to_mem && constmemok)) | |
eab89b90 RK |
3015 | reject++; |
3016 | } | |
3017 | ||
3018 | /* If this operand is a pseudo register that didn't get a hard | |
3019 | reg and this alternative accepts some register, see if the | |
3020 | class that we want is a subset of the preferred class for this | |
3021 | register. If not, but it intersects that class, use the | |
3022 | preferred class instead. If it does not intersect the preferred | |
3023 | class, show that usage of this alternative should be discouraged; | |
3024 | it will be discouraged more still if the register is `preferred | |
3025 | or nothing'. We do this because it increases the chance of | |
3026 | reusing our spill register in a later insn and avoiding a pair | |
3027 | of memory stores and loads. | |
3028 | ||
3029 | Don't bother with this if this alternative will accept this | |
3030 | operand. | |
3031 | ||
a2d353e5 RK |
3032 | Don't do this for a multiword operand, since it is only a |
3033 | small win and has the risk of requiring more spill registers, | |
3034 | which could cause a large loss. | |
5aa14fee | 3035 | |
eab89b90 RK |
3036 | Don't do this if the preferred class has only one register |
3037 | because we might otherwise exhaust the class. */ | |
3038 | ||
3039 | ||
3040 | if (! win && this_alternative[i] != (int) NO_REGS | |
5aa14fee | 3041 | && GET_MODE_SIZE (operand_mode[i]) <= UNITS_PER_WORD |
eab89b90 RK |
3042 | && reg_class_size[(int) preferred_class[i]] > 1) |
3043 | { | |
3044 | if (! reg_class_subset_p (this_alternative[i], | |
3045 | preferred_class[i])) | |
3046 | { | |
3047 | /* Since we don't have a way of forming the intersection, | |
3048 | we just do something special if the preferred class | |
3049 | is a subset of the class we have; that's the most | |
3050 | common case anyway. */ | |
3051 | if (reg_class_subset_p (preferred_class[i], | |
3052 | this_alternative[i])) | |
3053 | this_alternative[i] = (int) preferred_class[i]; | |
3054 | else | |
3055 | reject += (1 + pref_or_nothing[i]); | |
3056 | } | |
3057 | } | |
3058 | } | |
3059 | ||
3060 | /* Now see if any output operands that are marked "earlyclobber" | |
3061 | in this alternative conflict with any input operands | |
3062 | or any memory addresses. */ | |
3063 | ||
3064 | for (i = 0; i < noperands; i++) | |
3065 | if (this_alternative_earlyclobber[i] | |
3066 | && this_alternative_win[i]) | |
3067 | { | |
3068 | struct decomposition early_data; | |
eab89b90 RK |
3069 | |
3070 | early_data = decompose (recog_operand[i]); | |
3071 | ||
3072 | if (modified[i] == RELOAD_READ) | |
3073 | { | |
3074 | if (this_insn_is_asm) | |
3075 | warning_for_asm (this_insn, | |
3076 | "`&' constraint used with input operand"); | |
3077 | else | |
3078 | abort (); | |
3079 | continue; | |
3080 | } | |
3081 | ||
3082 | if (this_alternative[i] == NO_REGS) | |
3083 | { | |
3084 | this_alternative_earlyclobber[i] = 0; | |
3085 | if (this_insn_is_asm) | |
3086 | error_for_asm (this_insn, | |
3087 | "`&' constraint used with no register class"); | |
3088 | else | |
3089 | abort (); | |
3090 | } | |
3091 | ||
3092 | for (j = 0; j < noperands; j++) | |
3093 | /* Is this an input operand or a memory ref? */ | |
3094 | if ((GET_CODE (recog_operand[j]) == MEM | |
3095 | || modified[j] != RELOAD_WRITE) | |
3096 | && j != i | |
3097 | /* Ignore things like match_operator operands. */ | |
3098 | && *constraints1[j] != 0 | |
3099 | /* Don't count an input operand that is constrained to match | |
3100 | the early clobber operand. */ | |
3101 | && ! (this_alternative_matches[j] == i | |
3102 | && rtx_equal_p (recog_operand[i], recog_operand[j])) | |
3103 | /* Is it altered by storing the earlyclobber operand? */ | |
3104 | && !immune_p (recog_operand[j], recog_operand[i], early_data)) | |
3105 | { | |
3106 | /* If the output is in a single-reg class, | |
3107 | it's costly to reload it, so reload the input instead. */ | |
3108 | if (reg_class_size[this_alternative[i]] == 1 | |
3109 | && (GET_CODE (recog_operand[j]) == REG | |
3110 | || GET_CODE (recog_operand[j]) == SUBREG)) | |
3111 | { | |
3112 | losers++; | |
3113 | this_alternative_win[j] = 0; | |
3114 | } | |
3115 | else | |
3116 | break; | |
3117 | } | |
3118 | /* If an earlyclobber operand conflicts with something, | |
3119 | it must be reloaded, so request this and count the cost. */ | |
3120 | if (j != noperands) | |
3121 | { | |
3122 | losers++; | |
3123 | this_alternative_win[i] = 0; | |
3124 | for (j = 0; j < noperands; j++) | |
3125 | if (this_alternative_matches[j] == i | |
3126 | && this_alternative_win[j]) | |
3127 | { | |
3128 | this_alternative_win[j] = 0; | |
3129 | losers++; | |
3130 | } | |
3131 | } | |
3132 | } | |
3133 | ||
3134 | /* If one alternative accepts all the operands, no reload required, | |
3135 | choose that alternative; don't consider the remaining ones. */ | |
3136 | if (losers == 0) | |
3137 | { | |
3138 | /* Unswap these so that they are never swapped at `finish'. */ | |
3139 | if (commutative >= 0) | |
3140 | { | |
3141 | recog_operand[commutative] = substed_operand[commutative]; | |
3142 | recog_operand[commutative + 1] | |
3143 | = substed_operand[commutative + 1]; | |
3144 | } | |
3145 | for (i = 0; i < noperands; i++) | |
3146 | { | |
3147 | goal_alternative_win[i] = 1; | |
3148 | goal_alternative[i] = this_alternative[i]; | |
3149 | goal_alternative_offmemok[i] = this_alternative_offmemok[i]; | |
3150 | goal_alternative_matches[i] = this_alternative_matches[i]; | |
3151 | goal_alternative_earlyclobber[i] | |
3152 | = this_alternative_earlyclobber[i]; | |
3153 | } | |
3154 | goal_alternative_number = this_alternative_number; | |
3155 | goal_alternative_swapped = swapped; | |
3156 | goal_earlyclobber = this_earlyclobber; | |
3157 | goto finish; | |
3158 | } | |
3159 | ||
3160 | /* REJECT, set by the ! and ? constraint characters and when a register | |
3161 | would be reloaded into a non-preferred class, discourages the use of | |
3162 | this alternative for a reload goal. REJECT is incremented by three | |
3163 | for each ? and one for each non-preferred class. */ | |
3164 | losers = losers * 3 + reject; | |
3165 | ||
3166 | /* If this alternative can be made to work by reloading, | |
3167 | and it needs less reloading than the others checked so far, | |
3168 | record it as the chosen goal for reloading. */ | |
3169 | if (! bad && best > losers) | |
3170 | { | |
3171 | for (i = 0; i < noperands; i++) | |
3172 | { | |
3173 | goal_alternative[i] = this_alternative[i]; | |
3174 | goal_alternative_win[i] = this_alternative_win[i]; | |
3175 | goal_alternative_offmemok[i] = this_alternative_offmemok[i]; | |
3176 | goal_alternative_matches[i] = this_alternative_matches[i]; | |
3177 | goal_alternative_earlyclobber[i] | |
3178 | = this_alternative_earlyclobber[i]; | |
3179 | } | |
3180 | goal_alternative_swapped = swapped; | |
3181 | best = losers; | |
3182 | goal_alternative_number = this_alternative_number; | |
3183 | goal_earlyclobber = this_earlyclobber; | |
3184 | } | |
3185 | } | |
3186 | ||
3187 | /* If insn is commutative (it's safe to exchange a certain pair of operands) | |
3188 | then we need to try each alternative twice, | |
3189 | the second time matching those two operands | |
3190 | as if we had exchanged them. | |
3191 | To do this, really exchange them in operands. | |
3192 | ||
3193 | If we have just tried the alternatives the second time, | |
3194 | return operands to normal and drop through. */ | |
3195 | ||
3196 | if (commutative >= 0) | |
3197 | { | |
3198 | swapped = !swapped; | |
3199 | if (swapped) | |
3200 | { | |
3201 | register enum reg_class tclass; | |
3202 | register int t; | |
3203 | ||
3204 | recog_operand[commutative] = substed_operand[commutative + 1]; | |
3205 | recog_operand[commutative + 1] = substed_operand[commutative]; | |
3206 | ||
3207 | tclass = preferred_class[commutative]; | |
3208 | preferred_class[commutative] = preferred_class[commutative + 1]; | |
3209 | preferred_class[commutative + 1] = tclass; | |
3210 | ||
3211 | t = pref_or_nothing[commutative]; | |
3212 | pref_or_nothing[commutative] = pref_or_nothing[commutative + 1]; | |
3213 | pref_or_nothing[commutative + 1] = t; | |
3214 | ||
4c9a05bc RK |
3215 | bcopy ((char *) constraints1, (char *) constraints, |
3216 | noperands * sizeof (char *)); | |
eab89b90 RK |
3217 | goto try_swapped; |
3218 | } | |
3219 | else | |
3220 | { | |
3221 | recog_operand[commutative] = substed_operand[commutative]; | |
3222 | recog_operand[commutative + 1] = substed_operand[commutative + 1]; | |
3223 | } | |
3224 | } | |
3225 | ||
3226 | /* The operands don't meet the constraints. | |
3227 | goal_alternative describes the alternative | |
3228 | that we could reach by reloading the fewest operands. | |
3229 | Reload so as to fit it. */ | |
3230 | ||
3231 | if (best == MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS + 300) | |
3232 | { | |
3233 | /* No alternative works with reloads?? */ | |
3234 | if (insn_code_number >= 0) | |
3235 | abort (); | |
3236 | error_for_asm (insn, "inconsistent operand constraints in an `asm'"); | |
3237 | /* Avoid further trouble with this insn. */ | |
3238 | PATTERN (insn) = gen_rtx (USE, VOIDmode, const0_rtx); | |
3239 | n_reloads = 0; | |
3240 | return; | |
3241 | } | |
3242 | ||
3243 | /* Jump to `finish' from above if all operands are valid already. | |
3244 | In that case, goal_alternative_win is all 1. */ | |
3245 | finish: | |
3246 | ||
3247 | /* Right now, for any pair of operands I and J that are required to match, | |
3248 | with I < J, | |
3249 | goal_alternative_matches[J] is I. | |
3250 | Set up goal_alternative_matched as the inverse function: | |
3251 | goal_alternative_matched[I] = J. */ | |
3252 | ||
3253 | for (i = 0; i < noperands; i++) | |
3254 | goal_alternative_matched[i] = -1; | |
3255 | ||
3256 | for (i = 0; i < noperands; i++) | |
3257 | if (! goal_alternative_win[i] | |
3258 | && goal_alternative_matches[i] >= 0) | |
3259 | goal_alternative_matched[goal_alternative_matches[i]] = i; | |
3260 | ||
3261 | /* If the best alternative is with operands 1 and 2 swapped, | |
a8c9daeb RK |
3262 | consider them swapped before reporting the reloads. Update the |
3263 | operand numbers of any reloads already pushed. */ | |
eab89b90 RK |
3264 | |
3265 | if (goal_alternative_swapped) | |
3266 | { | |
3267 | register rtx tem; | |
3268 | ||
3269 | tem = substed_operand[commutative]; | |
3270 | substed_operand[commutative] = substed_operand[commutative + 1]; | |
3271 | substed_operand[commutative + 1] = tem; | |
3272 | tem = recog_operand[commutative]; | |
3273 | recog_operand[commutative] = recog_operand[commutative + 1]; | |
3274 | recog_operand[commutative + 1] = tem; | |
a8c9daeb RK |
3275 | |
3276 | for (i = 0; i < n_reloads; i++) | |
3277 | { | |
3278 | if (reload_opnum[i] == commutative) | |
3279 | reload_opnum[i] = commutative + 1; | |
3280 | else if (reload_opnum[i] == commutative + 1) | |
3281 | reload_opnum[i] = commutative; | |
3282 | } | |
eab89b90 RK |
3283 | } |
3284 | ||
3285 | /* Perform whatever substitutions on the operands we are supposed | |
3286 | to make due to commutativity or replacement of registers | |
3287 | with equivalent constants or memory slots. */ | |
3288 | ||
3289 | for (i = 0; i < noperands; i++) | |
3290 | { | |
3291 | *recog_operand_loc[i] = substed_operand[i]; | |
3292 | /* While we are looping on operands, initialize this. */ | |
3293 | operand_reloadnum[i] = -1; | |
a8c9daeb RK |
3294 | |
3295 | /* If this is an earlyclobber operand, we need to widen the scope. | |
3296 | The reload must remain valid from the start of the insn being | |
3297 | reloaded until after the operand is stored into its destination. | |
3298 | We approximate this with RELOAD_OTHER even though we know that we | |
3299 | do not conflict with RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS reloads. | |
3300 | ||
3301 | One special case that is worth checking is when we have an | |
3302 | output that is earlyclobber but isn't used past the insn (typically | |
3303 | a SCRATCH). In this case, we only need have the reload live | |
3304 | through the insn itself, but not for any of our input or output | |
3305 | reloads. | |
3306 | ||
3307 | In any case, anything needed to address this operand can remain | |
3308 | however they were previously categorized. */ | |
3309 | ||
3310 | if (goal_alternative_earlyclobber[i]) | |
3311 | operand_type[i] | |
3312 | = (find_reg_note (insn, REG_UNUSED, recog_operand[i]) | |
3313 | ? RELOAD_FOR_INSN : RELOAD_OTHER); | |
eab89b90 RK |
3314 | } |
3315 | ||
3316 | /* Any constants that aren't allowed and can't be reloaded | |
3317 | into registers are here changed into memory references. */ | |
3318 | for (i = 0; i < noperands; i++) | |
3319 | if (! goal_alternative_win[i] | |
3320 | && CONSTANT_P (recog_operand[i]) | |
59f25cf9 RK |
3321 | /* force_const_mem does not accept HIGH. */ |
3322 | && GET_CODE (recog_operand[i]) != HIGH | |
eab89b90 RK |
3323 | && (PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS (recog_operand[i], |
3324 | (enum reg_class) goal_alternative[i]) | |
3325 | == NO_REGS) | |
3326 | && operand_mode[i] != VOIDmode) | |
3327 | { | |
3328 | *recog_operand_loc[i] = recog_operand[i] | |
3329 | = find_reloads_toplev (force_const_mem (operand_mode[i], | |
3330 | recog_operand[i]), | |
a8c9daeb | 3331 | i, address_type[i], ind_levels, 0); |
eab89b90 RK |
3332 | if (alternative_allows_memconst (constraints1[i], |
3333 | goal_alternative_number)) | |
3334 | goal_alternative_win[i] = 1; | |
3335 | } | |
3336 | ||
4644aad4 RK |
3337 | /* Record the values of the earlyclobber operands for the caller. */ |
3338 | if (goal_earlyclobber) | |
3339 | for (i = 0; i < noperands; i++) | |
3340 | if (goal_alternative_earlyclobber[i]) | |
3341 | reload_earlyclobbers[n_earlyclobbers++] = recog_operand[i]; | |
3342 | ||
eab89b90 RK |
3343 | /* Now record reloads for all the operands that need them. */ |
3344 | for (i = 0; i < noperands; i++) | |
3345 | if (! goal_alternative_win[i]) | |
3346 | { | |
3347 | /* Operands that match previous ones have already been handled. */ | |
3348 | if (goal_alternative_matches[i] >= 0) | |
3349 | ; | |
3350 | /* Handle an operand with a nonoffsettable address | |
3351 | appearing where an offsettable address will do | |
3a322c50 RK |
3352 | by reloading the address into a base register. |
3353 | ||
3354 | ??? We can also do this when the operand is a register and | |
3355 | reg_equiv_mem is not offsettable, but this is a bit tricky, | |
3356 | so we don't bother with it. It may not be worth doing. */ | |
eab89b90 RK |
3357 | else if (goal_alternative_matched[i] == -1 |
3358 | && goal_alternative_offmemok[i] | |
3359 | && GET_CODE (recog_operand[i]) == MEM) | |
3360 | { | |
3361 | operand_reloadnum[i] | |
fb3821f7 CH |
3362 | = push_reload (XEXP (recog_operand[i], 0), NULL_RTX, |
3363 | &XEXP (recog_operand[i], 0), NULL_PTR, | |
eab89b90 | 3364 | BASE_REG_CLASS, GET_MODE (XEXP (recog_operand[i], 0)), |
a8c9daeb | 3365 | VOIDmode, 0, 0, i, RELOAD_FOR_INPUT); |
eab89b90 RK |
3366 | reload_inc[operand_reloadnum[i]] |
3367 | = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (recog_operand[i])); | |
a8c9daeb RK |
3368 | |
3369 | /* If this operand is an output, we will have made any | |
3370 | reloads for its address as RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS, but | |
3371 | now we are treating part of the operand as an input, so | |
3372 | we must change these to RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS. */ | |
3373 | ||
2d55b7e8 | 3374 | if (modified[i] == RELOAD_WRITE) |
a8c9daeb RK |
3375 | for (j = 0; j < n_reloads; j++) |
3376 | if (reload_opnum[j] == i | |
3377 | && reload_when_needed[j] == RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS) | |
3378 | reload_when_needed[j] = RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS; | |
eab89b90 RK |
3379 | } |
3380 | else if (goal_alternative_matched[i] == -1) | |
3381 | operand_reloadnum[i] = | |
3382 | push_reload (modified[i] != RELOAD_WRITE ? recog_operand[i] : 0, | |
3383 | modified[i] != RELOAD_READ ? recog_operand[i] : 0, | |
a8c9daeb RK |
3384 | (modified[i] != RELOAD_WRITE ? |
3385 | recog_operand_loc[i] : 0), | |
eab89b90 RK |
3386 | modified[i] != RELOAD_READ ? recog_operand_loc[i] : 0, |
3387 | (enum reg_class) goal_alternative[i], | |
a8c9daeb RK |
3388 | (modified[i] == RELOAD_WRITE |
3389 | ? VOIDmode : operand_mode[i]), | |
3390 | (modified[i] == RELOAD_READ | |
3391 | ? VOIDmode : operand_mode[i]), | |
eab89b90 RK |
3392 | (insn_code_number < 0 ? 0 |
3393 | : insn_operand_strict_low[insn_code_number][i]), | |
a8c9daeb | 3394 | 0, i, operand_type[i]); |
eab89b90 RK |
3395 | /* In a matching pair of operands, one must be input only |
3396 | and the other must be output only. | |
3397 | Pass the input operand as IN and the other as OUT. */ | |
3398 | else if (modified[i] == RELOAD_READ | |
3399 | && modified[goal_alternative_matched[i]] == RELOAD_WRITE) | |
3400 | { | |
3401 | operand_reloadnum[i] | |
3402 | = push_reload (recog_operand[i], | |
3403 | recog_operand[goal_alternative_matched[i]], | |
3404 | recog_operand_loc[i], | |
3405 | recog_operand_loc[goal_alternative_matched[i]], | |
3406 | (enum reg_class) goal_alternative[i], | |
3407 | operand_mode[i], | |
3408 | operand_mode[goal_alternative_matched[i]], | |
a8c9daeb | 3409 | 0, 0, i, RELOAD_OTHER); |
eab89b90 RK |
3410 | operand_reloadnum[goal_alternative_matched[i]] = output_reloadnum; |
3411 | } | |
3412 | else if (modified[i] == RELOAD_WRITE | |
3413 | && modified[goal_alternative_matched[i]] == RELOAD_READ) | |
3414 | { | |
3415 | operand_reloadnum[goal_alternative_matched[i]] | |
3416 | = push_reload (recog_operand[goal_alternative_matched[i]], | |
3417 | recog_operand[i], | |
3418 | recog_operand_loc[goal_alternative_matched[i]], | |
3419 | recog_operand_loc[i], | |
3420 | (enum reg_class) goal_alternative[i], | |
3421 | operand_mode[goal_alternative_matched[i]], | |
3422 | operand_mode[i], | |
a8c9daeb | 3423 | 0, 0, i, RELOAD_OTHER); |
eab89b90 RK |
3424 | operand_reloadnum[i] = output_reloadnum; |
3425 | } | |
3426 | else if (insn_code_number >= 0) | |
3427 | abort (); | |
3428 | else | |
3429 | { | |
3430 | error_for_asm (insn, "inconsistent operand constraints in an `asm'"); | |
3431 | /* Avoid further trouble with this insn. */ | |
3432 | PATTERN (insn) = gen_rtx (USE, VOIDmode, const0_rtx); | |
3433 | n_reloads = 0; | |
3434 | return; | |
3435 | } | |
3436 | } | |
3437 | else if (goal_alternative_matched[i] < 0 | |
3438 | && goal_alternative_matches[i] < 0 | |
3439 | && optimize) | |
3440 | { | |
a8c9daeb | 3441 | /* For each non-matching operand that's a MEM or a pseudo-register |
eab89b90 RK |
3442 | that didn't get a hard register, make an optional reload. |
3443 | This may get done even if the insn needs no reloads otherwise. */ | |
a8c9daeb RK |
3444 | |
3445 | rtx operand = recog_operand[i]; | |
3446 | ||
eab89b90 RK |
3447 | while (GET_CODE (operand) == SUBREG) |
3448 | operand = XEXP (operand, 0); | |
a8c9daeb RK |
3449 | if ((GET_CODE (operand) == MEM |
3450 | || (GET_CODE (operand) == REG | |
3451 | && REGNO (operand) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)) | |
eab89b90 | 3452 | && (enum reg_class) goal_alternative[i] != NO_REGS |
a8c9daeb RK |
3453 | && ! no_input_reloads |
3454 | /* Optional output reloads don't do anything and we mustn't | |
3455 | make in-out reloads on insns that are not permitted output | |
3456 | reloads. */ | |
eab89b90 | 3457 | && (modified[i] == RELOAD_READ |
a8c9daeb | 3458 | || (modified[i] == RELOAD_READ_WRITE && ! no_output_reloads))) |
eab89b90 RK |
3459 | operand_reloadnum[i] |
3460 | = push_reload (modified[i] != RELOAD_WRITE ? recog_operand[i] : 0, | |
3461 | modified[i] != RELOAD_READ ? recog_operand[i] : 0, | |
a8c9daeb RK |
3462 | (modified[i] != RELOAD_WRITE |
3463 | ? recog_operand_loc[i] : 0), | |
3464 | (modified[i] != RELOAD_READ | |
3465 | ? recog_operand_loc[i] : 0), | |
eab89b90 | 3466 | (enum reg_class) goal_alternative[i], |
a8c9daeb RK |
3467 | (modified[i] == RELOAD_WRITE |
3468 | ? VOIDmode : operand_mode[i]), | |
3469 | (modified[i] == RELOAD_READ | |
3470 | ? VOIDmode : operand_mode[i]), | |
eab89b90 RK |
3471 | (insn_code_number < 0 ? 0 |
3472 | : insn_operand_strict_low[insn_code_number][i]), | |
a8c9daeb | 3473 | 1, i, operand_type[i]); |
eab89b90 | 3474 | } |
a8c9daeb RK |
3475 | else if (goal_alternative_matches[i] >= 0 |
3476 | && goal_alternative_win[goal_alternative_matches[i]] | |
3477 | && modified[i] == RELOAD_READ | |
3478 | && modified[goal_alternative_matches[i]] == RELOAD_WRITE | |
3479 | && ! no_input_reloads && ! no_output_reloads | |
3480 | && optimize) | |
3481 | { | |
3482 | /* Similarly, make an optional reload for a pair of matching | |
3483 | objects that are in MEM or a pseudo that didn't get a hard reg. */ | |
eab89b90 | 3484 | |
a8c9daeb RK |
3485 | rtx operand = recog_operand[i]; |
3486 | ||
3487 | while (GET_CODE (operand) == SUBREG) | |
3488 | operand = XEXP (operand, 0); | |
3489 | if ((GET_CODE (operand) == MEM | |
3490 | || (GET_CODE (operand) == REG | |
3491 | && REGNO (operand) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)) | |
3492 | && ((enum reg_class) goal_alternative[goal_alternative_matches[i]] | |
3493 | != NO_REGS)) | |
3494 | operand_reloadnum[i] = operand_reloadnum[goal_alternative_matches[i]] | |
3495 | = push_reload (recog_operand[goal_alternative_matches[i]], | |
3496 | recog_operand[i], | |
3497 | recog_operand_loc[goal_alternative_matches[i]], | |
3498 | recog_operand_loc[i], | |
3499 | (enum reg_class) goal_alternative[goal_alternative_matches[i]], | |
3500 | operand_mode[goal_alternative_matches[i]], | |
3501 | operand_mode[i], | |
3502 | 0, 1, goal_alternative_matches[i], RELOAD_OTHER); | |
3503 | } | |
3504 | ||
eab89b90 RK |
3505 | /* If this insn pattern contains any MATCH_DUP's, make sure that |
3506 | they will be substituted if the operands they match are substituted. | |
3507 | Also do now any substitutions we already did on the operands. | |
3508 | ||
3509 | Don't do this if we aren't making replacements because we might be | |
3510 | propagating things allocated by frame pointer elimination into places | |
3511 | it doesn't expect. */ | |
3512 | ||
3513 | if (insn_code_number >= 0 && replace) | |
3514 | for (i = insn_n_dups[insn_code_number] - 1; i >= 0; i--) | |
3515 | { | |
3516 | int opno = recog_dup_num[i]; | |
3517 | *recog_dup_loc[i] = *recog_operand_loc[opno]; | |
3518 | if (operand_reloadnum[opno] >= 0) | |
3519 | push_replacement (recog_dup_loc[i], operand_reloadnum[opno], | |
3520 | insn_operand_mode[insn_code_number][opno]); | |
3521 | } | |
3522 | ||
3523 | #if 0 | |
3524 | /* This loses because reloading of prior insns can invalidate the equivalence | |
3525 | (or at least find_equiv_reg isn't smart enough to find it any more), | |
3526 | causing this insn to need more reload regs than it needed before. | |
3527 | It may be too late to make the reload regs available. | |
3528 | Now this optimization is done safely in choose_reload_regs. */ | |
3529 | ||
3530 | /* For each reload of a reg into some other class of reg, | |
3531 | search for an existing equivalent reg (same value now) in the right class. | |
3532 | We can use it as long as we don't need to change its contents. */ | |
3533 | for (i = 0; i < n_reloads; i++) | |
3534 | if (reload_reg_rtx[i] == 0 | |
3535 | && reload_in[i] != 0 | |
3536 | && GET_CODE (reload_in[i]) == REG | |
3537 | && reload_out[i] == 0) | |
3538 | { | |
3539 | reload_reg_rtx[i] | |
3540 | = find_equiv_reg (reload_in[i], insn, reload_reg_class[i], -1, | |
3541 | static_reload_reg_p, 0, reload_inmode[i]); | |
3542 | /* Prevent generation of insn to load the value | |
3543 | because the one we found already has the value. */ | |
3544 | if (reload_reg_rtx[i]) | |
3545 | reload_in[i] = reload_reg_rtx[i]; | |
3546 | } | |
3547 | #endif | |
3548 | ||
a8c9daeb RK |
3549 | /* Perhaps an output reload can be combined with another |
3550 | to reduce needs by one. */ | |
3551 | if (!goal_earlyclobber) | |
3552 | combine_reloads (); | |
3553 | ||
3554 | /* If we have a pair of reloads for parts of an address, they are reloading | |
3555 | the same object, the operands themselves were not reloaded, and they | |
3556 | are for two operands that are supposed to match, merge the reloads and | |
3557 | change the type of the surviving reload to RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS. */ | |
3558 | ||
3559 | for (i = 0; i < n_reloads; i++) | |
3560 | { | |
3561 | int k; | |
3562 | ||
3563 | for (j = i + 1; j < n_reloads; j++) | |
3564 | if ((reload_when_needed[i] == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS | |
3565 | || reload_when_needed[i] == RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS) | |
3566 | && (reload_when_needed[j] == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS | |
3567 | || reload_when_needed[j] == RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS) | |
3568 | && rtx_equal_p (reload_in[i], reload_in[j]) | |
3569 | && (operand_reloadnum[reload_opnum[i]] < 0 | |
3570 | || reload_optional[operand_reloadnum[reload_opnum[i]]]) | |
3571 | && (operand_reloadnum[reload_opnum[j]] < 0 | |
3572 | || reload_optional[operand_reloadnum[reload_opnum[j]]]) | |
3573 | && (goal_alternative_matches[reload_opnum[i]] == reload_opnum[j] | |
3574 | || (goal_alternative_matches[reload_opnum[j]] | |
3575 | == reload_opnum[i]))) | |
3576 | { | |
3577 | for (k = 0; k < n_replacements; k++) | |
3578 | if (replacements[k].what == j) | |
3579 | replacements[k].what = i; | |
3580 | ||
3581 | reload_when_needed[i] = RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS; | |
3582 | reload_in[j] = 0; | |
3583 | } | |
3584 | } | |
3585 | ||
3586 | /* Scan all the reloads and update their type. | |
3587 | If a reload is for the address of an operand and we didn't reload | |
3588 | that operand, change the type. Similarly, change the operand number | |
3589 | of a reload when two operands match. If a reload is optional, treat it | |
3590 | as though the operand isn't reloaded. | |
3591 | ||
3592 | ??? This latter case is somewhat odd because if we do the optional | |
3593 | reload, it means the object is hanging around. Thus we need only | |
3594 | do the address reload if the optional reload was NOT done. | |
3595 | ||
3596 | Change secondary reloads to be the address type of their operand, not | |
3597 | the normal type. | |
3598 | ||
3599 | If an operand's reload is now RELOAD_OTHER, change any | |
3600 | RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS reloads of that operand to | |
3601 | RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS. */ | |
3602 | ||
3603 | for (i = 0; i < n_reloads; i++) | |
3604 | { | |
3605 | if (reload_secondary_p[i] | |
3606 | && reload_when_needed[i] == operand_type[reload_opnum[i]]) | |
3607 | reload_when_needed[i] = address_type[reload_opnum[i]]; | |
3608 | ||
3609 | if ((reload_when_needed[i] == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS | |
3610 | || reload_when_needed[i] == RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS) | |
3611 | && (operand_reloadnum[reload_opnum[i]] < 0 | |
6ded3228 | 3612 | || reload_optional[operand_reloadnum[reload_opnum[i]]])) |
f98bb7d3 RK |
3613 | { |
3614 | /* If we have a secondary reload to go along with this reload, | |
3615 | change its type to RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDR. */ | |
3616 | ||
3617 | if (reload_when_needed[i] == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS | |
3618 | && reload_secondary_in_reload[i] != -1) | |
3619 | { | |
3620 | int secondary_in_reload = reload_secondary_in_reload[i]; | |
3621 | ||
3622 | reload_when_needed[secondary_in_reload] = | |
3623 | RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDR; | |
3624 | ||
3625 | /* If there's a tertiary reload we have to change it also. */ | |
3626 | if (secondary_in_reload > 0 | |
3627 | && reload_secondary_in_reload[secondary_in_reload] != -1) | |
3628 | reload_when_needed[reload_secondary_in_reload[secondary_in_reload]] | |
3629 | = RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDR; | |
3630 | } | |
3631 | ||
3632 | if (reload_when_needed[i] == RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS | |
3633 | && reload_secondary_out_reload[i] != -1) | |
3634 | { | |
3635 | int secondary_out_reload = reload_secondary_out_reload[i]; | |
3636 | ||
3637 | reload_when_needed[secondary_out_reload] = | |
3638 | RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDR; | |
3639 | ||
3640 | /* If there's a tertiary reload we have to change it also. */ | |
3641 | if (secondary_out_reload | |
3642 | && reload_secondary_out_reload[secondary_out_reload] != -1) | |
3643 | reload_when_needed[reload_secondary_out_reload[secondary_out_reload]] | |
3644 | = RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDR; | |
3645 | } | |
3646 | reload_when_needed[i] = RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS; | |
3647 | } | |
a8c9daeb RK |
3648 | |
3649 | if (reload_when_needed[i] == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS | |
3650 | && operand_reloadnum[reload_opnum[i]] >= 0 | |
3651 | && (reload_when_needed[operand_reloadnum[reload_opnum[i]]] | |
3652 | == RELOAD_OTHER)) | |
3653 | reload_when_needed[i] = RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS; | |
3654 | ||
3655 | if (goal_alternative_matches[reload_opnum[i]] >= 0) | |
3656 | reload_opnum[i] = goal_alternative_matches[reload_opnum[i]]; | |
3657 | } | |
3658 | ||
3659 | /* See if we have any reloads that are now allowed to be merged | |
3660 | because we've changed when the reload is needed to | |
3661 | RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS or RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS. Only | |
3662 | check for the most common cases. */ | |
3663 | ||
3664 | for (i = 0; i < n_reloads; i++) | |
3665 | if (reload_in[i] != 0 && reload_out[i] == 0 | |
3666 | && (reload_when_needed[i] == RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS | |
3667 | || reload_when_needed[i] == RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS)) | |
3668 | for (j = 0; j < n_reloads; j++) | |
3669 | if (i != j && reload_in[j] != 0 && reload_out[j] == 0 | |
3670 | && reload_when_needed[j] == reload_when_needed[i] | |
73f67895 RS |
3671 | && MATCHES (reload_in[i], reload_in[j]) |
3672 | && reload_reg_class[i] == reload_reg_class[j] | |
92b37691 RK |
3673 | && !reload_nocombine[i] && !reload_nocombine[j] |
3674 | && reload_reg_rtx[i] == reload_reg_rtx[j]) | |
a8c9daeb RK |
3675 | { |
3676 | reload_opnum[i] = MIN (reload_opnum[i], reload_opnum[j]); | |
3677 | transfer_replacements (i, j); | |
3678 | reload_in[j] = 0; | |
3679 | } | |
3680 | ||
eab89b90 RK |
3681 | #else /* no REGISTER_CONSTRAINTS */ |
3682 | int noperands; | |
3683 | int insn_code_number; | |
3684 | int goal_earlyclobber = 0; /* Always 0, to make combine_reloads happen. */ | |
3685 | register int i; | |
3686 | rtx body = PATTERN (insn); | |
3687 | ||
3688 | n_reloads = 0; | |
3689 | n_replacements = 0; | |
3690 | n_earlyclobbers = 0; | |
3691 | replace_reloads = replace; | |
3692 | this_insn = insn; | |
3693 | ||
3694 | /* Find what kind of insn this is. NOPERANDS gets number of operands. | |
3695 | Store the operand values in RECOG_OPERAND and the locations | |
3696 | of the words in the insn that point to them in RECOG_OPERAND_LOC. | |
3697 | Return if the insn needs no reload processing. */ | |
3698 | ||
3699 | switch (GET_CODE (body)) | |
3700 | { | |
3701 | case USE: | |
3702 | case CLOBBER: | |
3703 | case ASM_INPUT: | |
3704 | case ADDR_VEC: | |
3705 | case ADDR_DIFF_VEC: | |
3706 | return; | |
3707 | ||
3708 | case PARALLEL: | |
3709 | case SET: | |
3710 | noperands = asm_noperands (body); | |
3711 | if (noperands >= 0) | |
3712 | { | |
3713 | /* This insn is an `asm' with operands. | |
3714 | First, find out how many operands, and allocate space. */ | |
3715 | ||
3716 | insn_code_number = -1; | |
3717 | /* ??? This is a bug! ??? | |
3718 | Give up and delete this insn if it has too many operands. */ | |
3719 | if (noperands > MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS) | |
3720 | abort (); | |
3721 | ||
3722 | /* Now get the operand values out of the insn. */ | |
3723 | ||
fb3821f7 CH |
3724 | decode_asm_operands (body, recog_operand, recog_operand_loc, |
3725 | NULL_PTR, NULL_PTR); | |
eab89b90 RK |
3726 | break; |
3727 | } | |
3728 | ||
3729 | default: | |
3730 | /* Ordinary insn: recognize it, allocate space for operands and | |
3731 | constraints, and get them out via insn_extract. */ | |
3732 | ||
3733 | insn_code_number = recog_memoized (insn); | |
3734 | noperands = insn_n_operands[insn_code_number]; | |
3735 | insn_extract (insn); | |
3736 | } | |
3737 | ||
3738 | if (noperands == 0) | |
3739 | return; | |
3740 | ||
3741 | for (i = 0; i < noperands; i++) | |
3742 | { | |
3743 | register RTX_CODE code = GET_CODE (recog_operand[i]); | |
3744 | int is_set_dest = GET_CODE (body) == SET && (i == 0); | |
3745 | ||
3746 | if (insn_code_number >= 0) | |
3747 | if (insn_operand_address_p[insn_code_number][i]) | |
fb3821f7 | 3748 | find_reloads_address (VOIDmode, NULL_PTR, |
eab89b90 | 3749 | recog_operand[i], recog_operand_loc[i], |
a8c9daeb RK |
3750 | i, RELOAD_FOR_INPUT, ind_levels); |
3751 | ||
3752 | /* In these cases, we can't tell if the operand is an input | |
3753 | or an output, so be conservative. In practice it won't be | |
3754 | problem. */ | |
3755 | ||
eab89b90 RK |
3756 | if (code == MEM) |
3757 | find_reloads_address (GET_MODE (recog_operand[i]), | |
3758 | recog_operand_loc[i], | |
3759 | XEXP (recog_operand[i], 0), | |
3760 | &XEXP (recog_operand[i], 0), | |
a8c9daeb | 3761 | i, RELOAD_OTHER, ind_levels); |
eab89b90 RK |
3762 | if (code == SUBREG) |
3763 | recog_operand[i] = *recog_operand_loc[i] | |
a8c9daeb RK |
3764 | = find_reloads_toplev (recog_operand[i], i, RELOAD_OTHER, |
3765 | ind_levels, is_set_dest); | |
eab89b90 RK |
3766 | if (code == REG) |
3767 | { | |
3768 | register int regno = REGNO (recog_operand[i]); | |
3769 | if (reg_equiv_constant[regno] != 0 && !is_set_dest) | |
3770 | recog_operand[i] = *recog_operand_loc[i] | |
3771 | = reg_equiv_constant[regno]; | |
3772 | #if 0 /* This might screw code in reload1.c to delete prior output-reload | |
3773 | that feeds this insn. */ | |
3774 | if (reg_equiv_mem[regno] != 0) | |
3775 | recog_operand[i] = *recog_operand_loc[i] | |
3776 | = reg_equiv_mem[regno]; | |
3777 | #endif | |
3778 | } | |
eab89b90 RK |
3779 | } |
3780 | ||
3781 | /* Perhaps an output reload can be combined with another | |
3782 | to reduce needs by one. */ | |
3783 | if (!goal_earlyclobber) | |
3784 | combine_reloads (); | |
a8c9daeb | 3785 | #endif /* no REGISTER_CONSTRAINTS */ |
eab89b90 RK |
3786 | } |
3787 | ||
3788 | /* Return 1 if alternative number ALTNUM in constraint-string CONSTRAINT | |
3789 | accepts a memory operand with constant address. */ | |
3790 | ||
3791 | static int | |
3792 | alternative_allows_memconst (constraint, altnum) | |
3793 | char *constraint; | |
3794 | int altnum; | |
3795 | { | |
3796 | register int c; | |
3797 | /* Skip alternatives before the one requested. */ | |
3798 | while (altnum > 0) | |
3799 | { | |
3800 | while (*constraint++ != ','); | |
3801 | altnum--; | |
3802 | } | |
3803 | /* Scan the requested alternative for 'm' or 'o'. | |
3804 | If one of them is present, this alternative accepts memory constants. */ | |
3805 | while ((c = *constraint++) && c != ',' && c != '#') | |
3806 | if (c == 'm' || c == 'o') | |
3807 | return 1; | |
3808 | return 0; | |
3809 | } | |
3810 | \f | |
3811 | /* Scan X for memory references and scan the addresses for reloading. | |
3812 | Also checks for references to "constant" regs that we want to eliminate | |
3813 | and replaces them with the values they stand for. | |
6dc42e49 | 3814 | We may alter X destructively if it contains a reference to such. |
eab89b90 RK |
3815 | If X is just a constant reg, we return the equivalent value |
3816 | instead of X. | |
3817 | ||
3818 | IND_LEVELS says how many levels of indirect addressing this machine | |
3819 | supports. | |
3820 | ||
a8c9daeb RK |
3821 | OPNUM and TYPE identify the purpose of the reload. |
3822 | ||
eab89b90 RK |
3823 | IS_SET_DEST is true if X is the destination of a SET, which is not |
3824 | appropriate to be replaced by a constant. */ | |
3825 | ||
3826 | static rtx | |
a8c9daeb | 3827 | find_reloads_toplev (x, opnum, type, ind_levels, is_set_dest) |
eab89b90 | 3828 | rtx x; |
a8c9daeb RK |
3829 | int opnum; |
3830 | enum reload_type type; | |
eab89b90 RK |
3831 | int ind_levels; |
3832 | int is_set_dest; | |
3833 | { | |
3834 | register RTX_CODE code = GET_CODE (x); | |
3835 | ||
3836 | register char *fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code); | |
3837 | register int i; | |
3838 | ||
3839 | if (code == REG) | |
3840 | { | |
3841 | /* This code is duplicated for speed in find_reloads. */ | |
3842 | register int regno = REGNO (x); | |
3843 | if (reg_equiv_constant[regno] != 0 && !is_set_dest) | |
3844 | x = reg_equiv_constant[regno]; | |
3845 | #if 0 | |
3846 | /* This creates (subreg (mem...)) which would cause an unnecessary | |
3847 | reload of the mem. */ | |
3848 | else if (reg_equiv_mem[regno] != 0) | |
3849 | x = reg_equiv_mem[regno]; | |
3850 | #endif | |
3851 | else if (reg_equiv_address[regno] != 0) | |
3852 | { | |
3853 | /* If reg_equiv_address varies, it may be shared, so copy it. */ | |
3854 | rtx addr = reg_equiv_address[regno]; | |
3855 | ||
3856 | if (rtx_varies_p (addr)) | |
3857 | addr = copy_rtx (addr); | |
3858 | ||
3859 | x = gen_rtx (MEM, GET_MODE (x), addr); | |
3860 | RTX_UNCHANGING_P (x) = RTX_UNCHANGING_P (regno_reg_rtx[regno]); | |
fb3821f7 | 3861 | find_reloads_address (GET_MODE (x), NULL_PTR, |
eab89b90 | 3862 | XEXP (x, 0), |
a8c9daeb | 3863 | &XEXP (x, 0), opnum, type, ind_levels); |
eab89b90 RK |
3864 | } |
3865 | return x; | |
3866 | } | |
3867 | if (code == MEM) | |
3868 | { | |
3869 | rtx tem = x; | |
3870 | find_reloads_address (GET_MODE (x), &tem, XEXP (x, 0), &XEXP (x, 0), | |
a8c9daeb | 3871 | opnum, type, ind_levels); |
eab89b90 RK |
3872 | return tem; |
3873 | } | |
3874 | ||
3875 | if (code == SUBREG && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (x)) == REG) | |
3876 | { | |
3877 | /* Check for SUBREG containing a REG that's equivalent to a constant. | |
3878 | If the constant has a known value, truncate it right now. | |
3879 | Similarly if we are extracting a single-word of a multi-word | |
3880 | constant. If the constant is symbolic, allow it to be substituted | |
3881 | normally. push_reload will strip the subreg later. If the | |
3882 | constant is VOIDmode, abort because we will lose the mode of | |
3883 | the register (this should never happen because one of the cases | |
3884 | above should handle it). */ | |
3885 | ||
3886 | register int regno = REGNO (SUBREG_REG (x)); | |
3887 | rtx tem; | |
3888 | ||
3889 | if (subreg_lowpart_p (x) | |
3890 | && regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER && reg_renumber[regno] < 0 | |
3891 | && reg_equiv_constant[regno] != 0 | |
3892 | && (tem = gen_lowpart_common (GET_MODE (x), | |
3893 | reg_equiv_constant[regno])) != 0) | |
3894 | return tem; | |
3895 | ||
3896 | if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (x)) == BITS_PER_WORD | |
3897 | && regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER && reg_renumber[regno] < 0 | |
3898 | && reg_equiv_constant[regno] != 0 | |
3899 | && (tem = operand_subword (reg_equiv_constant[regno], | |
3900 | SUBREG_WORD (x), 0, | |
3901 | GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x)))) != 0) | |
3902 | return tem; | |
3903 | ||
3904 | if (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER && reg_renumber[regno] < 0 | |
3905 | && reg_equiv_constant[regno] != 0 | |
3906 | && GET_MODE (reg_equiv_constant[regno]) == VOIDmode) | |
3907 | abort (); | |
3908 | ||
3909 | /* If the subreg contains a reg that will be converted to a mem, | |
3910 | convert the subreg to a narrower memref now. | |
3911 | Otherwise, we would get (subreg (mem ...) ...), | |
3912 | which would force reload of the mem. | |
3913 | ||
3914 | We also need to do this if there is an equivalent MEM that is | |
3915 | not offsettable. In that case, alter_subreg would produce an | |
3916 | invalid address on big-endian machines. | |
3917 | ||
46da6b3a | 3918 | For machines that extend byte loads, we must not reload using |
eab89b90 RK |
3919 | a wider mode if we have a paradoxical SUBREG. find_reloads will |
3920 | force a reload in that case. So we should not do anything here. */ | |
3921 | ||
3922 | else if (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
fd72420f | 3923 | #ifdef LOAD_EXTEND_OP |
eab89b90 RK |
3924 | && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)) |
3925 | <= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x)))) | |
3926 | #endif | |
3927 | && (reg_equiv_address[regno] != 0 | |
3928 | || (reg_equiv_mem[regno] != 0 | |
f2fbfe92 JL |
3929 | && (! strict_memory_address_p (GET_MODE (x), |
3930 | XEXP (reg_equiv_mem[regno], 0)) | |
3931 | || ! offsettable_memref_p (reg_equiv_mem[regno]))))) | |
eab89b90 RK |
3932 | { |
3933 | int offset = SUBREG_WORD (x) * UNITS_PER_WORD; | |
3934 | rtx addr = (reg_equiv_address[regno] ? reg_equiv_address[regno] | |
3935 | : XEXP (reg_equiv_mem[regno], 0)); | |
3936 | #if BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN | |
3937 | int size; | |
3938 | size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x))); | |
3939 | offset += MIN (size, UNITS_PER_WORD); | |
3940 | size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)); | |
3941 | offset -= MIN (size, UNITS_PER_WORD); | |
3942 | #endif | |
3943 | addr = plus_constant (addr, offset); | |
3944 | x = gen_rtx (MEM, GET_MODE (x), addr); | |
3945 | RTX_UNCHANGING_P (x) = RTX_UNCHANGING_P (regno_reg_rtx[regno]); | |
fb3821f7 | 3946 | find_reloads_address (GET_MODE (x), NULL_PTR, |
eab89b90 | 3947 | XEXP (x, 0), |
a8c9daeb | 3948 | &XEXP (x, 0), opnum, type, ind_levels); |
eab89b90 RK |
3949 | } |
3950 | ||
3951 | } | |
3952 | ||
3953 | for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--) | |
3954 | { | |
3955 | if (fmt[i] == 'e') | |
a8c9daeb | 3956 | XEXP (x, i) = find_reloads_toplev (XEXP (x, i), opnum, type, |
eab89b90 RK |
3957 | ind_levels, is_set_dest); |
3958 | } | |
3959 | return x; | |
3960 | } | |
3961 | ||
dbf85761 RS |
3962 | /* Return a mem ref for the memory equivalent of reg REGNO. |
3963 | This mem ref is not shared with anything. */ | |
3964 | ||
eab89b90 RK |
3965 | static rtx |
3966 | make_memloc (ad, regno) | |
3967 | rtx ad; | |
3968 | int regno; | |
3969 | { | |
3970 | register int i; | |
3971 | rtx tem = reg_equiv_address[regno]; | |
dbf85761 RS |
3972 | |
3973 | #if 0 /* We cannot safely reuse a memloc made here; | |
3974 | if the pseudo appears twice, and its mem needs a reload, | |
3975 | it gets two separate reloads assigned, but it only | |
3976 | gets substituted with the second of them; | |
3977 | then it can get used before that reload reg gets loaded up. */ | |
eab89b90 RK |
3978 | for (i = 0; i < n_memlocs; i++) |
3979 | if (rtx_equal_p (tem, XEXP (memlocs[i], 0))) | |
3980 | return memlocs[i]; | |
dbf85761 | 3981 | #endif |
eab89b90 RK |
3982 | |
3983 | /* If TEM might contain a pseudo, we must copy it to avoid | |
3984 | modifying it when we do the substitution for the reload. */ | |
3985 | if (rtx_varies_p (tem)) | |
3986 | tem = copy_rtx (tem); | |
3987 | ||
3988 | tem = gen_rtx (MEM, GET_MODE (ad), tem); | |
3989 | RTX_UNCHANGING_P (tem) = RTX_UNCHANGING_P (regno_reg_rtx[regno]); | |
3990 | memlocs[n_memlocs++] = tem; | |
3991 | return tem; | |
3992 | } | |
3993 | ||
3994 | /* Record all reloads needed for handling memory address AD | |
3995 | which appears in *LOC in a memory reference to mode MODE | |
3996 | which itself is found in location *MEMREFLOC. | |
3997 | Note that we take shortcuts assuming that no multi-reg machine mode | |
3998 | occurs as part of an address. | |
3999 | ||
a8c9daeb | 4000 | OPNUM and TYPE specify the purpose of this reload. |
eab89b90 RK |
4001 | |
4002 | IND_LEVELS says how many levels of indirect addressing this machine | |
4003 | supports. | |
4004 | ||
4005 | Value is nonzero if this address is reloaded or replaced as a whole. | |
4006 | This is interesting to the caller if the address is an autoincrement. | |
4007 | ||
4008 | Note that there is no verification that the address will be valid after | |
4009 | this routine does its work. Instead, we rely on the fact that the address | |
4010 | was valid when reload started. So we need only undo things that reload | |
4011 | could have broken. These are wrong register types, pseudos not allocated | |
4012 | to a hard register, and frame pointer elimination. */ | |
4013 | ||
4014 | static int | |
a8c9daeb | 4015 | find_reloads_address (mode, memrefloc, ad, loc, opnum, type, ind_levels) |
eab89b90 RK |
4016 | enum machine_mode mode; |
4017 | rtx *memrefloc; | |
4018 | rtx ad; | |
4019 | rtx *loc; | |
a8c9daeb RK |
4020 | int opnum; |
4021 | enum reload_type type; | |
eab89b90 RK |
4022 | int ind_levels; |
4023 | { | |
4024 | register int regno; | |
4025 | rtx tem; | |
4026 | ||
4027 | /* If the address is a register, see if it is a legitimate address and | |
4028 | reload if not. We first handle the cases where we need not reload | |
4029 | or where we must reload in a non-standard way. */ | |
4030 | ||
4031 | if (GET_CODE (ad) == REG) | |
4032 | { | |
4033 | regno = REGNO (ad); | |
4034 | ||
4035 | if (reg_equiv_constant[regno] != 0 | |
4036 | && strict_memory_address_p (mode, reg_equiv_constant[regno])) | |
4037 | { | |
4038 | *loc = ad = reg_equiv_constant[regno]; | |
4039 | return 1; | |
4040 | } | |
4041 | ||
4042 | else if (reg_equiv_address[regno] != 0) | |
4043 | { | |
4044 | tem = make_memloc (ad, regno); | |
fb3821f7 | 4045 | find_reloads_address (GET_MODE (tem), NULL_PTR, XEXP (tem, 0), |
a8c9daeb | 4046 | &XEXP (tem, 0), opnum, type, ind_levels); |
fb3821f7 | 4047 | push_reload (tem, NULL_RTX, loc, NULL_PTR, BASE_REG_CLASS, |
eab89b90 | 4048 | GET_MODE (ad), VOIDmode, 0, 0, |
a8c9daeb | 4049 | opnum, type); |
eab89b90 RK |
4050 | return 1; |
4051 | } | |
4052 | ||
b39555b4 | 4053 | /* We can avoid a reload if the register's equivalent memory expression |
c1875d66 RS |
4054 | is valid as an indirect memory address. |
4055 | But not all addresses are valid in a mem used as an indirect address: | |
4056 | only reg or reg+constant. */ | |
b39555b4 RS |
4057 | |
4058 | else if (reg_equiv_mem[regno] != 0 && ind_levels > 0 | |
c1875d66 RS |
4059 | && strict_memory_address_p (mode, reg_equiv_mem[regno]) |
4060 | && (GET_CODE (XEXP (reg_equiv_mem[regno], 0)) == REG | |
4061 | || (GET_CODE (XEXP (reg_equiv_mem[regno], 0)) == PLUS | |
4062 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (reg_equiv_mem[regno], 0), 0)) == REG | |
4063 | && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (XEXP (reg_equiv_mem[regno], 0), 0))))) | |
b39555b4 | 4064 | return 0; |
eab89b90 RK |
4065 | |
4066 | /* The only remaining case where we can avoid a reload is if this is a | |
4067 | hard register that is valid as a base register and which is not the | |
4068 | subject of a CLOBBER in this insn. */ | |
4069 | ||
4070 | else if (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER && REGNO_OK_FOR_BASE_P (regno) | |
4071 | && ! regno_clobbered_p (regno, this_insn)) | |
4072 | return 0; | |
4073 | ||
4074 | /* If we do not have one of the cases above, we must do the reload. */ | |
fb3821f7 | 4075 | push_reload (ad, NULL_RTX, loc, NULL_PTR, BASE_REG_CLASS, |
a8c9daeb | 4076 | GET_MODE (ad), VOIDmode, 0, 0, opnum, type); |
eab89b90 RK |
4077 | return 1; |
4078 | } | |
4079 | ||
4080 | if (strict_memory_address_p (mode, ad)) | |
4081 | { | |
4082 | /* The address appears valid, so reloads are not needed. | |
4083 | But the address may contain an eliminable register. | |
4084 | This can happen because a machine with indirect addressing | |
4085 | may consider a pseudo register by itself a valid address even when | |
4086 | it has failed to get a hard reg. | |
4087 | So do a tree-walk to find and eliminate all such regs. */ | |
4088 | ||
4089 | /* But first quickly dispose of a common case. */ | |
4090 | if (GET_CODE (ad) == PLUS | |
4091 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (ad, 1)) == CONST_INT | |
4092 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (ad, 0)) == REG | |
4093 | && reg_equiv_constant[REGNO (XEXP (ad, 0))] == 0) | |
4094 | return 0; | |
4095 | ||
4096 | subst_reg_equivs_changed = 0; | |
4097 | *loc = subst_reg_equivs (ad); | |
4098 | ||
4099 | if (! subst_reg_equivs_changed) | |
4100 | return 0; | |
4101 | ||
4102 | /* Check result for validity after substitution. */ | |
4103 | if (strict_memory_address_p (mode, ad)) | |
4104 | return 0; | |
4105 | } | |
4106 | ||
4107 | /* The address is not valid. We have to figure out why. One possibility | |
4108 | is that it is itself a MEM. This can happen when the frame pointer is | |
4109 | being eliminated, a pseudo is not allocated to a hard register, and the | |
4110 | offset between the frame and stack pointers is not its initial value. | |
d45cf215 | 4111 | In that case the pseudo will have been replaced by a MEM referring to |
eab89b90 RK |
4112 | the stack pointer. */ |
4113 | if (GET_CODE (ad) == MEM) | |
4114 | { | |
4115 | /* First ensure that the address in this MEM is valid. Then, unless | |
4116 | indirect addresses are valid, reload the MEM into a register. */ | |
4117 | tem = ad; | |
4118 | find_reloads_address (GET_MODE (ad), &tem, XEXP (ad, 0), &XEXP (ad, 0), | |
a8c9daeb | 4119 | opnum, type, ind_levels == 0 ? 0 : ind_levels - 1); |
d2555454 RS |
4120 | |
4121 | /* If tem was changed, then we must create a new memory reference to | |
4122 | hold it and store it back into memrefloc. */ | |
4123 | if (tem != ad && memrefloc) | |
ca3e4a2f | 4124 | { |
ca3e4a2f | 4125 | *memrefloc = copy_rtx (*memrefloc); |
3c80f7ed | 4126 | copy_replacements (tem, XEXP (*memrefloc, 0)); |
ca3e4a2f | 4127 | loc = &XEXP (*memrefloc, 0); |
ca3e4a2f | 4128 | } |
d2555454 | 4129 | |
eab89b90 RK |
4130 | /* Check similar cases as for indirect addresses as above except |
4131 | that we can allow pseudos and a MEM since they should have been | |
4132 | taken care of above. */ | |
4133 | ||
4134 | if (ind_levels == 0 | |
4135 | || (GET_CODE (XEXP (tem, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF && ! indirect_symref_ok) | |
4136 | || GET_CODE (XEXP (tem, 0)) == MEM | |
4137 | || ! (GET_CODE (XEXP (tem, 0)) == REG | |
4138 | || (GET_CODE (XEXP (tem, 0)) == PLUS | |
4139 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (tem, 0), 0)) == REG | |
4140 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (tem, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT))) | |
4141 | { | |
4142 | /* Must use TEM here, not AD, since it is the one that will | |
4143 | have any subexpressions reloaded, if needed. */ | |
fb3821f7 | 4144 | push_reload (tem, NULL_RTX, loc, NULL_PTR, |
eab89b90 | 4145 | BASE_REG_CLASS, GET_MODE (tem), VOIDmode, 0, |
a8c9daeb | 4146 | 0, opnum, type); |
eab89b90 RK |
4147 | return 1; |
4148 | } | |
4149 | else | |
4150 | return 0; | |
4151 | } | |
4152 | ||
4153 | /* If we have address of a stack slot but it's not valid | |
4154 | (displacement is too large), compute the sum in a register. */ | |
4155 | else if (GET_CODE (ad) == PLUS | |
4156 | && (XEXP (ad, 0) == frame_pointer_rtx | |
a36d4c62 DE |
4157 | #if HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM != FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM |
4158 | || XEXP (ad, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx | |
4159 | #endif | |
eab89b90 RK |
4160 | #if FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM != ARG_POINTER_REGNUM |
4161 | || XEXP (ad, 0) == arg_pointer_rtx | |
4162 | #endif | |
4163 | || XEXP (ad, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx) | |
4164 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (ad, 1)) == CONST_INT) | |
4165 | { | |
4166 | /* Unshare the MEM rtx so we can safely alter it. */ | |
4167 | if (memrefloc) | |
4168 | { | |
eab89b90 RK |
4169 | *memrefloc = copy_rtx (*memrefloc); |
4170 | loc = &XEXP (*memrefloc, 0); | |
eab89b90 RK |
4171 | } |
4172 | if (double_reg_address_ok) | |
4173 | { | |
4174 | /* Unshare the sum as well. */ | |
4175 | *loc = ad = copy_rtx (ad); | |
4176 | /* Reload the displacement into an index reg. | |
4177 | We assume the frame pointer or arg pointer is a base reg. */ | |
4178 | find_reloads_address_part (XEXP (ad, 1), &XEXP (ad, 1), | |
a8c9daeb RK |
4179 | INDEX_REG_CLASS, GET_MODE (ad), opnum, |
4180 | type, ind_levels); | |
eab89b90 RK |
4181 | } |
4182 | else | |
4183 | { | |
4184 | /* If the sum of two regs is not necessarily valid, | |
4185 | reload the sum into a base reg. | |
4186 | That will at least work. */ | |
4187 | find_reloads_address_part (ad, loc, BASE_REG_CLASS, Pmode, | |
a8c9daeb | 4188 | opnum, type, ind_levels); |
eab89b90 RK |
4189 | } |
4190 | return 1; | |
4191 | } | |
4192 | ||
4193 | /* If we have an indexed stack slot, there are three possible reasons why | |
4194 | it might be invalid: The index might need to be reloaded, the address | |
4195 | might have been made by frame pointer elimination and hence have a | |
4196 | constant out of range, or both reasons might apply. | |
4197 | ||
4198 | We can easily check for an index needing reload, but even if that is the | |
4199 | case, we might also have an invalid constant. To avoid making the | |
4200 | conservative assumption and requiring two reloads, we see if this address | |
4201 | is valid when not interpreted strictly. If it is, the only problem is | |
4202 | that the index needs a reload and find_reloads_address_1 will take care | |
4203 | of it. | |
4204 | ||
4205 | There is still a case when we might generate an extra reload, | |
4206 | however. In certain cases eliminate_regs will return a MEM for a REG | |
4207 | (see the code there for details). In those cases, memory_address_p | |
4208 | applied to our address will return 0 so we will think that our offset | |
4209 | must be too large. But it might indeed be valid and the only problem | |
4210 | is that a MEM is present where a REG should be. This case should be | |
4211 | very rare and there doesn't seem to be any way to avoid it. | |
4212 | ||
4213 | If we decide to do something here, it must be that | |
4214 | `double_reg_address_ok' is true and that this address rtl was made by | |
4215 | eliminate_regs. We generate a reload of the fp/sp/ap + constant and | |
4216 | rework the sum so that the reload register will be added to the index. | |
4217 | This is safe because we know the address isn't shared. | |
4218 | ||
4219 | We check for fp/ap/sp as both the first and second operand of the | |
4220 | innermost PLUS. */ | |
4221 | ||
4222 | else if (GET_CODE (ad) == PLUS && GET_CODE (XEXP (ad, 1)) == CONST_INT | |
4223 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (ad, 0)) == PLUS | |
4224 | && (XEXP (XEXP (ad, 0), 0) == frame_pointer_rtx | |
a36d4c62 DE |
4225 | #if FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM |
4226 | || XEXP (XEXP (ad, 0), 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx | |
4227 | #endif | |
eab89b90 RK |
4228 | #if FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM != ARG_POINTER_REGNUM |
4229 | || XEXP (XEXP (ad, 0), 0) == arg_pointer_rtx | |
4230 | #endif | |
4231 | || XEXP (XEXP (ad, 0), 0) == stack_pointer_rtx) | |
4232 | && ! memory_address_p (mode, ad)) | |
4233 | { | |
4234 | *loc = ad = gen_rtx (PLUS, GET_MODE (ad), | |
4235 | plus_constant (XEXP (XEXP (ad, 0), 0), | |
4236 | INTVAL (XEXP (ad, 1))), | |
4237 | XEXP (XEXP (ad, 0), 1)); | |
4238 | find_reloads_address_part (XEXP (ad, 0), &XEXP (ad, 0), BASE_REG_CLASS, | |
a8c9daeb RK |
4239 | GET_MODE (ad), opnum, type, ind_levels); |
4240 | find_reloads_address_1 (XEXP (ad, 1), 1, &XEXP (ad, 1), opnum, type, 0); | |
eab89b90 RK |
4241 | |
4242 | return 1; | |
4243 | } | |
4244 | ||
4245 | else if (GET_CODE (ad) == PLUS && GET_CODE (XEXP (ad, 1)) == CONST_INT | |
4246 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (ad, 0)) == PLUS | |
4247 | && (XEXP (XEXP (ad, 0), 1) == frame_pointer_rtx | |
a36d4c62 DE |
4248 | #if HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM != FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM |
4249 | || XEXP (XEXP (ad, 0), 1) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx | |
4250 | #endif | |
eab89b90 RK |
4251 | #if FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM != ARG_POINTER_REGNUM |
4252 | || XEXP (XEXP (ad, 0), 1) == arg_pointer_rtx | |
4253 | #endif | |
4254 | || XEXP (XEXP (ad, 0), 1) == stack_pointer_rtx) | |
4255 | && ! memory_address_p (mode, ad)) | |
4256 | { | |
4257 | *loc = ad = gen_rtx (PLUS, GET_MODE (ad), | |
ace53910 | 4258 | XEXP (XEXP (ad, 0), 0), |
eab89b90 | 4259 | plus_constant (XEXP (XEXP (ad, 0), 1), |
ace53910 RK |
4260 | INTVAL (XEXP (ad, 1)))); |
4261 | find_reloads_address_part (XEXP (ad, 1), &XEXP (ad, 1), BASE_REG_CLASS, | |
a8c9daeb | 4262 | GET_MODE (ad), opnum, type, ind_levels); |
ace53910 | 4263 | find_reloads_address_1 (XEXP (ad, 0), 1, &XEXP (ad, 0), opnum, type, 0); |
eab89b90 RK |
4264 | |
4265 | return 1; | |
4266 | } | |
4267 | ||
4268 | /* See if address becomes valid when an eliminable register | |
4269 | in a sum is replaced. */ | |
4270 | ||
4271 | tem = ad; | |
4272 | if (GET_CODE (ad) == PLUS) | |
4273 | tem = subst_indexed_address (ad); | |
4274 | if (tem != ad && strict_memory_address_p (mode, tem)) | |
4275 | { | |
4276 | /* Ok, we win that way. Replace any additional eliminable | |
4277 | registers. */ | |
4278 | ||
4279 | subst_reg_equivs_changed = 0; | |
4280 | tem = subst_reg_equivs (tem); | |
4281 | ||
4282 | /* Make sure that didn't make the address invalid again. */ | |
4283 | ||
4284 | if (! subst_reg_equivs_changed || strict_memory_address_p (mode, tem)) | |
4285 | { | |
4286 | *loc = tem; | |
4287 | return 0; | |
4288 | } | |
4289 | } | |
4290 | ||
4291 | /* If constants aren't valid addresses, reload the constant address | |
4292 | into a register. */ | |
191b18e9 | 4293 | if (CONSTANT_P (ad) && ! strict_memory_address_p (mode, ad)) |
eab89b90 RK |
4294 | { |
4295 | /* If AD is in address in the constant pool, the MEM rtx may be shared. | |
4296 | Unshare it so we can safely alter it. */ | |
4297 | if (memrefloc && GET_CODE (ad) == SYMBOL_REF | |
4298 | && CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (ad)) | |
4299 | { | |
eab89b90 RK |
4300 | *memrefloc = copy_rtx (*memrefloc); |
4301 | loc = &XEXP (*memrefloc, 0); | |
eab89b90 RK |
4302 | } |
4303 | ||
a8c9daeb | 4304 | find_reloads_address_part (ad, loc, BASE_REG_CLASS, Pmode, opnum, type, |
eab89b90 RK |
4305 | ind_levels); |
4306 | return 1; | |
4307 | } | |
4308 | ||
a8c9daeb | 4309 | return find_reloads_address_1 (ad, 0, loc, opnum, type, ind_levels); |
eab89b90 RK |
4310 | } |
4311 | \f | |
4312 | /* Find all pseudo regs appearing in AD | |
4313 | that are eliminable in favor of equivalent values | |
4314 | and do not have hard regs; replace them by their equivalents. */ | |
4315 | ||
4316 | static rtx | |
4317 | subst_reg_equivs (ad) | |
4318 | rtx ad; | |
4319 | { | |
4320 | register RTX_CODE code = GET_CODE (ad); | |
4321 | register int i; | |
4322 | register char *fmt; | |
4323 | ||
4324 | switch (code) | |
4325 | { | |
4326 | case HIGH: | |
4327 | case CONST_INT: | |
4328 | case CONST: | |
4329 | case CONST_DOUBLE: | |
4330 | case SYMBOL_REF: | |
4331 | case LABEL_REF: | |
4332 | case PC: | |
4333 | case CC0: | |
4334 | return ad; | |
4335 | ||
4336 | case REG: | |
4337 | { | |
4338 | register int regno = REGNO (ad); | |
4339 | ||
4340 | if (reg_equiv_constant[regno] != 0) | |
4341 | { | |
4342 | subst_reg_equivs_changed = 1; | |
4343 | return reg_equiv_constant[regno]; | |
4344 | } | |
4345 | } | |
4346 | return ad; | |
4347 | ||
4348 | case PLUS: | |
4349 | /* Quickly dispose of a common case. */ | |
4350 | if (XEXP (ad, 0) == frame_pointer_rtx | |
4351 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (ad, 1)) == CONST_INT) | |
4352 | return ad; | |
4353 | } | |
4354 | ||
4355 | fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code); | |
4356 | for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--) | |
4357 | if (fmt[i] == 'e') | |
4358 | XEXP (ad, i) = subst_reg_equivs (XEXP (ad, i)); | |
4359 | return ad; | |
4360 | } | |
4361 | \f | |
4362 | /* Compute the sum of X and Y, making canonicalizations assumed in an | |
4363 | address, namely: sum constant integers, surround the sum of two | |
4364 | constants with a CONST, put the constant as the second operand, and | |
4365 | group the constant on the outermost sum. | |
4366 | ||
4367 | This routine assumes both inputs are already in canonical form. */ | |
4368 | ||
4369 | rtx | |
4370 | form_sum (x, y) | |
4371 | rtx x, y; | |
4372 | { | |
4373 | rtx tem; | |
2c0623e8 RK |
4374 | enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (x); |
4375 | ||
4376 | if (mode == VOIDmode) | |
4377 | mode = GET_MODE (y); | |
4378 | ||
4379 | if (mode == VOIDmode) | |
4380 | mode = Pmode; | |
eab89b90 RK |
4381 | |
4382 | if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT) | |
4383 | return plus_constant (y, INTVAL (x)); | |
4384 | else if (GET_CODE (y) == CONST_INT) | |
4385 | return plus_constant (x, INTVAL (y)); | |
4386 | else if (CONSTANT_P (x)) | |
4387 | tem = x, x = y, y = tem; | |
4388 | ||
4389 | if (GET_CODE (x) == PLUS && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (x, 1))) | |
4390 | return form_sum (XEXP (x, 0), form_sum (XEXP (x, 1), y)); | |
4391 | ||
4392 | /* Note that if the operands of Y are specified in the opposite | |
4393 | order in the recursive calls below, infinite recursion will occur. */ | |
d9771f62 | 4394 | if (GET_CODE (y) == PLUS && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (y, 1))) |
eab89b90 RK |
4395 | return form_sum (form_sum (x, XEXP (y, 0)), XEXP (y, 1)); |
4396 | ||
4397 | /* If both constant, encapsulate sum. Otherwise, just form sum. A | |
4398 | constant will have been placed second. */ | |
4399 | if (CONSTANT_P (x) && CONSTANT_P (y)) | |
4400 | { | |
4401 | if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST) | |
4402 | x = XEXP (x, 0); | |
4403 | if (GET_CODE (y) == CONST) | |
4404 | y = XEXP (y, 0); | |
4405 | ||
2c0623e8 | 4406 | return gen_rtx (CONST, VOIDmode, gen_rtx (PLUS, mode, x, y)); |
eab89b90 RK |
4407 | } |
4408 | ||
2c0623e8 | 4409 | return gen_rtx (PLUS, mode, x, y); |
eab89b90 RK |
4410 | } |
4411 | \f | |
4412 | /* If ADDR is a sum containing a pseudo register that should be | |
4413 | replaced with a constant (from reg_equiv_constant), | |
4414 | return the result of doing so, and also apply the associative | |
4415 | law so that the result is more likely to be a valid address. | |
4416 | (But it is not guaranteed to be one.) | |
4417 | ||
4418 | Note that at most one register is replaced, even if more are | |
4419 | replaceable. Also, we try to put the result into a canonical form | |
4420 | so it is more likely to be a valid address. | |
4421 | ||
4422 | In all other cases, return ADDR. */ | |
4423 | ||
4424 | static rtx | |
4425 | subst_indexed_address (addr) | |
4426 | rtx addr; | |
4427 | { | |
4428 | rtx op0 = 0, op1 = 0, op2 = 0; | |
4429 | rtx tem; | |
4430 | int regno; | |
4431 | ||
4432 | if (GET_CODE (addr) == PLUS) | |
4433 | { | |
4434 | /* Try to find a register to replace. */ | |
4435 | op0 = XEXP (addr, 0), op1 = XEXP (addr, 1), op2 = 0; | |
4436 | if (GET_CODE (op0) == REG | |
4437 | && (regno = REGNO (op0)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
4438 | && reg_renumber[regno] < 0 | |
4439 | && reg_equiv_constant[regno] != 0) | |
4440 | op0 = reg_equiv_constant[regno]; | |
4441 | else if (GET_CODE (op1) == REG | |
4442 | && (regno = REGNO (op1)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
4443 | && reg_renumber[regno] < 0 | |
4444 | && reg_equiv_constant[regno] != 0) | |
4445 | op1 = reg_equiv_constant[regno]; | |
4446 | else if (GET_CODE (op0) == PLUS | |
4447 | && (tem = subst_indexed_address (op0)) != op0) | |
4448 | op0 = tem; | |
4449 | else if (GET_CODE (op1) == PLUS | |
4450 | && (tem = subst_indexed_address (op1)) != op1) | |
4451 | op1 = tem; | |
4452 | else | |
4453 | return addr; | |
4454 | ||
4455 | /* Pick out up to three things to add. */ | |
4456 | if (GET_CODE (op1) == PLUS) | |
4457 | op2 = XEXP (op1, 1), op1 = XEXP (op1, 0); | |
4458 | else if (GET_CODE (op0) == PLUS) | |
4459 | op2 = op1, op1 = XEXP (op0, 1), op0 = XEXP (op0, 0); | |
4460 | ||
4461 | /* Compute the sum. */ | |
4462 | if (op2 != 0) | |
4463 | op1 = form_sum (op1, op2); | |
4464 | if (op1 != 0) | |
4465 | op0 = form_sum (op0, op1); | |
4466 | ||
4467 | return op0; | |
4468 | } | |
4469 | return addr; | |
4470 | } | |
4471 | \f | |
4472 | /* Record the pseudo registers we must reload into hard registers | |
4473 | in a subexpression of a would-be memory address, X. | |
4474 | (This function is not called if the address we find is strictly valid.) | |
4475 | CONTEXT = 1 means we are considering regs as index regs, | |
4476 | = 0 means we are considering them as base regs. | |
4477 | ||
a8c9daeb | 4478 | OPNUM and TYPE specify the purpose of any reloads made. |
eab89b90 RK |
4479 | |
4480 | IND_LEVELS says how many levels of indirect addressing are | |
4481 | supported at this point in the address. | |
4482 | ||
4483 | We return nonzero if X, as a whole, is reloaded or replaced. */ | |
4484 | ||
4485 | /* Note that we take shortcuts assuming that no multi-reg machine mode | |
4486 | occurs as part of an address. | |
4487 | Also, this is not fully machine-customizable; it works for machines | |
4488 | such as vaxes and 68000's and 32000's, but other possible machines | |
4489 | could have addressing modes that this does not handle right. */ | |
4490 | ||
4491 | static int | |
a8c9daeb | 4492 | find_reloads_address_1 (x, context, loc, opnum, type, ind_levels) |
eab89b90 RK |
4493 | rtx x; |
4494 | int context; | |
4495 | rtx *loc; | |
a8c9daeb RK |
4496 | int opnum; |
4497 | enum reload_type type; | |
eab89b90 RK |
4498 | int ind_levels; |
4499 | { | |
4500 | register RTX_CODE code = GET_CODE (x); | |
4501 | ||
a2d353e5 | 4502 | switch (code) |
eab89b90 | 4503 | { |
a2d353e5 RK |
4504 | case PLUS: |
4505 | { | |
4506 | register rtx orig_op0 = XEXP (x, 0); | |
4507 | register rtx orig_op1 = XEXP (x, 1); | |
4508 | register RTX_CODE code0 = GET_CODE (orig_op0); | |
4509 | register RTX_CODE code1 = GET_CODE (orig_op1); | |
4510 | register rtx op0 = orig_op0; | |
4511 | register rtx op1 = orig_op1; | |
4512 | ||
4513 | if (GET_CODE (op0) == SUBREG) | |
4514 | { | |
4515 | op0 = SUBREG_REG (op0); | |
4516 | code0 = GET_CODE (op0); | |
4517 | } | |
87935f60 | 4518 | |
a2d353e5 RK |
4519 | if (GET_CODE (op1) == SUBREG) |
4520 | { | |
4521 | op1 = SUBREG_REG (op1); | |
4522 | code1 = GET_CODE (op1); | |
4523 | } | |
4524 | ||
4525 | if (code0 == MULT || code0 == SIGN_EXTEND || code1 == MEM) | |
4526 | { | |
4527 | find_reloads_address_1 (orig_op0, 1, &XEXP (x, 0), opnum, type, | |
a8c9daeb | 4528 | ind_levels); |
a2d353e5 | 4529 | find_reloads_address_1 (orig_op1, 0, &XEXP (x, 1), opnum, type, |
a8c9daeb | 4530 | ind_levels); |
a2d353e5 RK |
4531 | } |
4532 | ||
4533 | else if (code1 == MULT || code1 == SIGN_EXTEND || code0 == MEM) | |
4534 | { | |
87935f60 | 4535 | find_reloads_address_1 (orig_op0, 0, &XEXP (x, 0), opnum, type, |
a8c9daeb | 4536 | ind_levels); |
a2d353e5 | 4537 | find_reloads_address_1 (orig_op1, 1, &XEXP (x, 1), opnum, type, |
a8c9daeb | 4538 | ind_levels); |
a2d353e5 RK |
4539 | } |
4540 | ||
4541 | else if (code0 == CONST_INT || code0 == CONST | |
4542 | || code0 == SYMBOL_REF || code0 == LABEL_REF) | |
87935f60 | 4543 | find_reloads_address_1 (orig_op1, 0, &XEXP (x, 1), opnum, type, |
a8c9daeb | 4544 | ind_levels); |
a2d353e5 RK |
4545 | |
4546 | else if (code1 == CONST_INT || code1 == CONST | |
4547 | || code1 == SYMBOL_REF || code1 == LABEL_REF) | |
87935f60 | 4548 | find_reloads_address_1 (orig_op0, 0, &XEXP (x, 0), opnum, type, |
a8c9daeb | 4549 | ind_levels); |
a2d353e5 RK |
4550 | |
4551 | else if (code0 == REG && code1 == REG) | |
4552 | { | |
4553 | if (REG_OK_FOR_INDEX_P (op0) | |
4554 | && REG_OK_FOR_BASE_P (op1)) | |
4555 | return 0; | |
4556 | else if (REG_OK_FOR_INDEX_P (op1) | |
4557 | && REG_OK_FOR_BASE_P (op0)) | |
4558 | return 0; | |
4559 | else if (REG_OK_FOR_BASE_P (op1)) | |
4560 | find_reloads_address_1 (orig_op0, 1, &XEXP (x, 0), opnum, type, | |
4561 | ind_levels); | |
4562 | else if (REG_OK_FOR_BASE_P (op0)) | |
4563 | find_reloads_address_1 (orig_op1, 1, &XEXP (x, 1), opnum, type, | |
4564 | ind_levels); | |
4565 | else if (REG_OK_FOR_INDEX_P (op1)) | |
4566 | find_reloads_address_1 (orig_op0, 0, &XEXP (x, 0), opnum, type, | |
4567 | ind_levels); | |
4568 | else if (REG_OK_FOR_INDEX_P (op0)) | |
4569 | find_reloads_address_1 (orig_op1, 0, &XEXP (x, 1), opnum, type, | |
4570 | ind_levels); | |
4571 | else | |
4572 | { | |
4573 | find_reloads_address_1 (orig_op0, 1, &XEXP (x, 0), opnum, type, | |
4574 | ind_levels); | |
4575 | find_reloads_address_1 (orig_op1, 0, &XEXP (x, 1), opnum, type, | |
4576 | ind_levels); | |
4577 | } | |
4578 | } | |
4579 | ||
4580 | else if (code0 == REG) | |
4581 | { | |
4582 | find_reloads_address_1 (orig_op0, 1, &XEXP (x, 0), opnum, type, | |
4583 | ind_levels); | |
4584 | find_reloads_address_1 (orig_op1, 0, &XEXP (x, 1), opnum, type, | |
4585 | ind_levels); | |
4586 | } | |
4587 | ||
4588 | else if (code1 == REG) | |
4589 | { | |
4590 | find_reloads_address_1 (orig_op1, 1, &XEXP (x, 1), opnum, type, | |
4591 | ind_levels); | |
4592 | find_reloads_address_1 (orig_op0, 0, &XEXP (x, 0), opnum, type, | |
4593 | ind_levels); | |
4594 | } | |
4595 | } | |
4596 | ||
4597 | return 0; | |
4598 | ||
4599 | case POST_INC: | |
4600 | case POST_DEC: | |
4601 | case PRE_INC: | |
4602 | case PRE_DEC: | |
eab89b90 RK |
4603 | if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == REG) |
4604 | { | |
4605 | register int regno = REGNO (XEXP (x, 0)); | |
4606 | int value = 0; | |
4607 | rtx x_orig = x; | |
4608 | ||
4609 | /* A register that is incremented cannot be constant! */ | |
4610 | if (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
4611 | && reg_equiv_constant[regno] != 0) | |
4612 | abort (); | |
4613 | ||
4614 | /* Handle a register that is equivalent to a memory location | |
4615 | which cannot be addressed directly. */ | |
4616 | if (reg_equiv_address[regno] != 0) | |
4617 | { | |
4618 | rtx tem = make_memloc (XEXP (x, 0), regno); | |
4619 | /* First reload the memory location's address. */ | |
4620 | find_reloads_address (GET_MODE (tem), 0, XEXP (tem, 0), | |
a8c9daeb | 4621 | &XEXP (tem, 0), opnum, type, ind_levels); |
eab89b90 RK |
4622 | /* Put this inside a new increment-expression. */ |
4623 | x = gen_rtx (GET_CODE (x), GET_MODE (x), tem); | |
4624 | /* Proceed to reload that, as if it contained a register. */ | |
4625 | } | |
4626 | ||
4627 | /* If we have a hard register that is ok as an index, | |
4628 | don't make a reload. If an autoincrement of a nice register | |
4629 | isn't "valid", it must be that no autoincrement is "valid". | |
4630 | If that is true and something made an autoincrement anyway, | |
4631 | this must be a special context where one is allowed. | |
4632 | (For example, a "push" instruction.) | |
4633 | We can't improve this address, so leave it alone. */ | |
4634 | ||
4635 | /* Otherwise, reload the autoincrement into a suitable hard reg | |
4636 | and record how much to increment by. */ | |
4637 | ||
4638 | if (reg_renumber[regno] >= 0) | |
4639 | regno = reg_renumber[regno]; | |
4640 | if ((regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
4641 | || !(context ? REGNO_OK_FOR_INDEX_P (regno) | |
4642 | : REGNO_OK_FOR_BASE_P (regno)))) | |
4643 | { | |
4644 | register rtx link; | |
4645 | ||
4646 | int reloadnum | |
fb3821f7 | 4647 | = push_reload (x, NULL_RTX, loc, NULL_PTR, |
eab89b90 | 4648 | context ? INDEX_REG_CLASS : BASE_REG_CLASS, |
a8c9daeb RK |
4649 | GET_MODE (x), GET_MODE (x), VOIDmode, 0, |
4650 | opnum, type); | |
eab89b90 RK |
4651 | reload_inc[reloadnum] |
4652 | = find_inc_amount (PATTERN (this_insn), XEXP (x_orig, 0)); | |
4653 | ||
4654 | value = 1; | |
4655 | ||
4656 | #ifdef AUTO_INC_DEC | |
4657 | /* Update the REG_INC notes. */ | |
4658 | ||
4659 | for (link = REG_NOTES (this_insn); | |
4660 | link; link = XEXP (link, 1)) | |
4661 | if (REG_NOTE_KIND (link) == REG_INC | |
4662 | && REGNO (XEXP (link, 0)) == REGNO (XEXP (x_orig, 0))) | |
4663 | push_replacement (&XEXP (link, 0), reloadnum, VOIDmode); | |
4664 | #endif | |
4665 | } | |
4666 | return value; | |
4667 | } | |
a2d353e5 | 4668 | |
eab89b90 RK |
4669 | else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == MEM) |
4670 | { | |
4671 | /* This is probably the result of a substitution, by eliminate_regs, | |
4672 | of an equivalent address for a pseudo that was not allocated to a | |
4673 | hard register. Verify that the specified address is valid and | |
4674 | reload it into a register. */ | |
4675 | rtx tem = XEXP (x, 0); | |
4676 | register rtx link; | |
4677 | int reloadnum; | |
4678 | ||
4679 | /* Since we know we are going to reload this item, don't decrement | |
4680 | for the indirection level. | |
4681 | ||
4682 | Note that this is actually conservative: it would be slightly | |
4683 | more efficient to use the value of SPILL_INDIRECT_LEVELS from | |
4684 | reload1.c here. */ | |
4685 | find_reloads_address (GET_MODE (x), &XEXP (x, 0), | |
4686 | XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), &XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), | |
a8c9daeb | 4687 | opnum, type, ind_levels); |
eab89b90 | 4688 | |
fb3821f7 | 4689 | reloadnum = push_reload (x, NULL_RTX, loc, NULL_PTR, |
eab89b90 | 4690 | context ? INDEX_REG_CLASS : BASE_REG_CLASS, |
a8c9daeb | 4691 | GET_MODE (x), VOIDmode, 0, 0, opnum, type); |
eab89b90 RK |
4692 | reload_inc[reloadnum] |
4693 | = find_inc_amount (PATTERN (this_insn), XEXP (x, 0)); | |
4694 | ||
4695 | link = FIND_REG_INC_NOTE (this_insn, tem); | |
4696 | if (link != 0) | |
4697 | push_replacement (&XEXP (link, 0), reloadnum, VOIDmode); | |
4698 | ||
4699 | return 1; | |
4700 | } | |
a2d353e5 RK |
4701 | return 0; |
4702 | ||
4703 | case MEM: | |
4704 | /* This is probably the result of a substitution, by eliminate_regs, of | |
4705 | an equivalent address for a pseudo that was not allocated to a hard | |
4706 | register. Verify that the specified address is valid and reload it | |
4707 | into a register. | |
eab89b90 | 4708 | |
a2d353e5 RK |
4709 | Since we know we are going to reload this item, don't decrement for |
4710 | the indirection level. | |
eab89b90 RK |
4711 | |
4712 | Note that this is actually conservative: it would be slightly more | |
4713 | efficient to use the value of SPILL_INDIRECT_LEVELS from | |
4714 | reload1.c here. */ | |
4715 | ||
4716 | find_reloads_address (GET_MODE (x), loc, XEXP (x, 0), &XEXP (x, 0), | |
a8c9daeb | 4717 | opnum, type, ind_levels); |
fb3821f7 | 4718 | push_reload (*loc, NULL_RTX, loc, NULL_PTR, |
eab89b90 | 4719 | context ? INDEX_REG_CLASS : BASE_REG_CLASS, |
a8c9daeb | 4720 | GET_MODE (x), VOIDmode, 0, 0, opnum, type); |
eab89b90 | 4721 | return 1; |
eab89b90 | 4722 | |
a2d353e5 RK |
4723 | case REG: |
4724 | { | |
4725 | register int regno = REGNO (x); | |
4726 | ||
4727 | if (reg_equiv_constant[regno] != 0) | |
4728 | { | |
4729 | find_reloads_address_part (reg_equiv_constant[regno], loc, | |
4730 | (context ? INDEX_REG_CLASS | |
4731 | : BASE_REG_CLASS), | |
4732 | GET_MODE (x), opnum, type, ind_levels); | |
4733 | return 1; | |
4734 | } | |
eab89b90 RK |
4735 | |
4736 | #if 0 /* This might screw code in reload1.c to delete prior output-reload | |
4737 | that feeds this insn. */ | |
a2d353e5 RK |
4738 | if (reg_equiv_mem[regno] != 0) |
4739 | { | |
4740 | push_reload (reg_equiv_mem[regno], NULL_RTX, loc, NULL_PTR, | |
4741 | context ? INDEX_REG_CLASS : BASE_REG_CLASS, | |
4742 | GET_MODE (x), VOIDmode, 0, 0, opnum, type); | |
4743 | return 1; | |
4744 | } | |
eab89b90 | 4745 | #endif |
eab89b90 | 4746 | |
a2d353e5 RK |
4747 | if (reg_equiv_address[regno] != 0) |
4748 | { | |
4749 | x = make_memloc (x, regno); | |
4750 | find_reloads_address (GET_MODE (x), 0, XEXP (x, 0), &XEXP (x, 0), | |
4751 | opnum, type, ind_levels); | |
4752 | } | |
eab89b90 | 4753 | |
a2d353e5 RK |
4754 | if (reg_renumber[regno] >= 0) |
4755 | regno = reg_renumber[regno]; | |
4756 | ||
4757 | if ((regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
4758 | || !(context ? REGNO_OK_FOR_INDEX_P (regno) | |
4759 | : REGNO_OK_FOR_BASE_P (regno)))) | |
4760 | { | |
4761 | push_reload (x, NULL_RTX, loc, NULL_PTR, | |
4762 | context ? INDEX_REG_CLASS : BASE_REG_CLASS, | |
4763 | GET_MODE (x), VOIDmode, 0, 0, opnum, type); | |
4764 | return 1; | |
4765 | } | |
4766 | ||
4767 | /* If a register appearing in an address is the subject of a CLOBBER | |
4768 | in this insn, reload it into some other register to be safe. | |
4769 | The CLOBBER is supposed to make the register unavailable | |
4770 | from before this insn to after it. */ | |
4771 | if (regno_clobbered_p (regno, this_insn)) | |
4772 | { | |
4773 | push_reload (x, NULL_RTX, loc, NULL_PTR, | |
4774 | context ? INDEX_REG_CLASS : BASE_REG_CLASS, | |
4775 | GET_MODE (x), VOIDmode, 0, 0, opnum, type); | |
4776 | return 1; | |
4777 | } | |
4778 | } | |
4779 | return 0; | |
4780 | ||
4781 | case SUBREG: | |
4782 | /* If this is a SUBREG of a hard register and the resulting register is | |
4783 | of the wrong class, reload the whole SUBREG. This avoids needless | |
4784 | copies if SUBREG_REG is multi-word. */ | |
4785 | if (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (x)) == REG | |
4786 | && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (x)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
eab89b90 | 4787 | { |
a2d353e5 RK |
4788 | int regno = REGNO (SUBREG_REG (x)) + SUBREG_WORD (x); |
4789 | ||
4790 | if (! (context ? REGNO_OK_FOR_INDEX_P (regno) | |
4791 | : REGNO_OK_FOR_BASE_P (regno))) | |
4792 | { | |
4793 | push_reload (x, NULL_RTX, loc, NULL_PTR, | |
4794 | context ? INDEX_REG_CLASS : BASE_REG_CLASS, | |
4795 | GET_MODE (x), VOIDmode, 0, 0, opnum, type); | |
4796 | return 1; | |
4797 | } | |
eab89b90 | 4798 | } |
a2d353e5 | 4799 | break; |
eab89b90 RK |
4800 | } |
4801 | ||
a2d353e5 RK |
4802 | { |
4803 | register char *fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code); | |
4804 | register int i; | |
4805 | ||
4806 | for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--) | |
4807 | { | |
4808 | if (fmt[i] == 'e') | |
4809 | find_reloads_address_1 (XEXP (x, i), context, &XEXP (x, i), | |
4810 | opnum, type, ind_levels); | |
4811 | } | |
4812 | } | |
4813 | ||
eab89b90 RK |
4814 | return 0; |
4815 | } | |
4816 | \f | |
4817 | /* X, which is found at *LOC, is a part of an address that needs to be | |
4818 | reloaded into a register of class CLASS. If X is a constant, or if | |
4819 | X is a PLUS that contains a constant, check that the constant is a | |
4820 | legitimate operand and that we are supposed to be able to load | |
4821 | it into the register. | |
4822 | ||
4823 | If not, force the constant into memory and reload the MEM instead. | |
4824 | ||
4825 | MODE is the mode to use, in case X is an integer constant. | |
4826 | ||
a8c9daeb | 4827 | OPNUM and TYPE describe the purpose of any reloads made. |
eab89b90 RK |
4828 | |
4829 | IND_LEVELS says how many levels of indirect addressing this machine | |
4830 | supports. */ | |
4831 | ||
4832 | static void | |
a8c9daeb | 4833 | find_reloads_address_part (x, loc, class, mode, opnum, type, ind_levels) |
eab89b90 RK |
4834 | rtx x; |
4835 | rtx *loc; | |
4836 | enum reg_class class; | |
4837 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
a8c9daeb RK |
4838 | int opnum; |
4839 | enum reload_type type; | |
eab89b90 RK |
4840 | int ind_levels; |
4841 | { | |
4842 | if (CONSTANT_P (x) | |
4843 | && (! LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P (x) | |
4844 | || PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS (x, class) == NO_REGS)) | |
4845 | { | |
4846 | rtx tem = x = force_const_mem (mode, x); | |
4847 | find_reloads_address (mode, &tem, XEXP (tem, 0), &XEXP (tem, 0), | |
a8c9daeb | 4848 | opnum, type, ind_levels); |
eab89b90 RK |
4849 | } |
4850 | ||
4851 | else if (GET_CODE (x) == PLUS | |
4852 | && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (x, 1)) | |
4853 | && (! LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P (XEXP (x, 1)) | |
4854 | || PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS (XEXP (x, 1), class) == NO_REGS)) | |
4855 | { | |
4856 | rtx tem = force_const_mem (GET_MODE (x), XEXP (x, 1)); | |
4857 | ||
4858 | x = gen_rtx (PLUS, GET_MODE (x), XEXP (x, 0), tem); | |
4859 | find_reloads_address (mode, &tem, XEXP (tem, 0), &XEXP (tem, 0), | |
a8c9daeb | 4860 | opnum, type, ind_levels); |
eab89b90 RK |
4861 | } |
4862 | ||
fb3821f7 | 4863 | push_reload (x, NULL_RTX, loc, NULL_PTR, class, |
a8c9daeb | 4864 | mode, VOIDmode, 0, 0, opnum, type); |
eab89b90 RK |
4865 | } |
4866 | \f | |
a8c9daeb | 4867 | /* Substitute into the current INSN the registers into which we have reloaded |
eab89b90 RK |
4868 | the things that need reloading. The array `replacements' |
4869 | says contains the locations of all pointers that must be changed | |
4870 | and says what to replace them with. | |
4871 | ||
4872 | Return the rtx that X translates into; usually X, but modified. */ | |
4873 | ||
4874 | void | |
4875 | subst_reloads () | |
4876 | { | |
4877 | register int i; | |
4878 | ||
4879 | for (i = 0; i < n_replacements; i++) | |
4880 | { | |
4881 | register struct replacement *r = &replacements[i]; | |
4882 | register rtx reloadreg = reload_reg_rtx[r->what]; | |
4883 | if (reloadreg) | |
4884 | { | |
4885 | /* Encapsulate RELOADREG so its machine mode matches what | |
26f1a00e RK |
4886 | used to be there. Note that gen_lowpart_common will |
4887 | do the wrong thing if RELOADREG is multi-word. RELOADREG | |
4888 | will always be a REG here. */ | |
eab89b90 | 4889 | if (GET_MODE (reloadreg) != r->mode && r->mode != VOIDmode) |
26f1a00e | 4890 | reloadreg = gen_rtx (REG, r->mode, REGNO (reloadreg)); |
eab89b90 RK |
4891 | |
4892 | /* If we are putting this into a SUBREG and RELOADREG is a | |
4893 | SUBREG, we would be making nested SUBREGs, so we have to fix | |
4894 | this up. Note that r->where == &SUBREG_REG (*r->subreg_loc). */ | |
4895 | ||
4896 | if (r->subreg_loc != 0 && GET_CODE (reloadreg) == SUBREG) | |
4897 | { | |
4898 | if (GET_MODE (*r->subreg_loc) | |
4899 | == GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (reloadreg))) | |
4900 | *r->subreg_loc = SUBREG_REG (reloadreg); | |
4901 | else | |
4902 | { | |
4903 | *r->where = SUBREG_REG (reloadreg); | |
4904 | SUBREG_WORD (*r->subreg_loc) += SUBREG_WORD (reloadreg); | |
4905 | } | |
4906 | } | |
4907 | else | |
4908 | *r->where = reloadreg; | |
4909 | } | |
4910 | /* If reload got no reg and isn't optional, something's wrong. */ | |
4911 | else if (! reload_optional[r->what]) | |
4912 | abort (); | |
4913 | } | |
4914 | } | |
4915 | \f | |
4916 | /* Make a copy of any replacements being done into X and move those copies | |
4917 | to locations in Y, a copy of X. We only look at the highest level of | |
4918 | the RTL. */ | |
4919 | ||
4920 | void | |
4921 | copy_replacements (x, y) | |
4922 | rtx x; | |
4923 | rtx y; | |
4924 | { | |
4925 | int i, j; | |
4926 | enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x); | |
4927 | char *fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code); | |
4928 | struct replacement *r; | |
4929 | ||
4930 | /* We can't support X being a SUBREG because we might then need to know its | |
4931 | location if something inside it was replaced. */ | |
4932 | if (code == SUBREG) | |
4933 | abort (); | |
4934 | ||
4935 | for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--) | |
4936 | if (fmt[i] == 'e') | |
4937 | for (j = 0; j < n_replacements; j++) | |
4938 | { | |
4939 | if (replacements[j].subreg_loc == &XEXP (x, i)) | |
4940 | { | |
4941 | r = &replacements[n_replacements++]; | |
4942 | r->where = replacements[j].where; | |
4943 | r->subreg_loc = &XEXP (y, i); | |
4944 | r->what = replacements[j].what; | |
4945 | r->mode = replacements[j].mode; | |
4946 | } | |
4947 | else if (replacements[j].where == &XEXP (x, i)) | |
4948 | { | |
4949 | r = &replacements[n_replacements++]; | |
4950 | r->where = &XEXP (y, i); | |
4951 | r->subreg_loc = 0; | |
4952 | r->what = replacements[j].what; | |
4953 | r->mode = replacements[j].mode; | |
4954 | } | |
4955 | } | |
4956 | } | |
4957 | \f | |
af929c62 RK |
4958 | /* If LOC was scheduled to be replaced by something, return the replacement. |
4959 | Otherwise, return *LOC. */ | |
4960 | ||
4961 | rtx | |
4962 | find_replacement (loc) | |
4963 | rtx *loc; | |
4964 | { | |
4965 | struct replacement *r; | |
4966 | ||
4967 | for (r = &replacements[0]; r < &replacements[n_replacements]; r++) | |
4968 | { | |
4969 | rtx reloadreg = reload_reg_rtx[r->what]; | |
4970 | ||
4971 | if (reloadreg && r->where == loc) | |
4972 | { | |
4973 | if (r->mode != VOIDmode && GET_MODE (reloadreg) != r->mode) | |
4974 | reloadreg = gen_rtx (REG, r->mode, REGNO (reloadreg)); | |
4975 | ||
4976 | return reloadreg; | |
4977 | } | |
4978 | else if (reloadreg && r->subreg_loc == loc) | |
4979 | { | |
4980 | /* RELOADREG must be either a REG or a SUBREG. | |
4981 | ||
4982 | ??? Is it actually still ever a SUBREG? If so, why? */ | |
4983 | ||
4984 | if (GET_CODE (reloadreg) == REG) | |
4985 | return gen_rtx (REG, GET_MODE (*loc), | |
4986 | REGNO (reloadreg) + SUBREG_WORD (*loc)); | |
4987 | else if (GET_MODE (reloadreg) == GET_MODE (*loc)) | |
4988 | return reloadreg; | |
4989 | else | |
4990 | return gen_rtx (SUBREG, GET_MODE (*loc), SUBREG_REG (reloadreg), | |
4991 | SUBREG_WORD (reloadreg) + SUBREG_WORD (*loc)); | |
4992 | } | |
4993 | } | |
4994 | ||
4995 | return *loc; | |
4996 | } | |
4997 | \f | |
eab89b90 RK |
4998 | /* Return nonzero if register in range [REGNO, ENDREGNO) |
4999 | appears either explicitly or implicitly in X | |
4644aad4 | 5000 | other than being stored into (except for earlyclobber operands). |
eab89b90 RK |
5001 | |
5002 | References contained within the substructure at LOC do not count. | |
5003 | LOC may be zero, meaning don't ignore anything. | |
5004 | ||
5005 | This is similar to refers_to_regno_p in rtlanal.c except that we | |
5006 | look at equivalences for pseudos that didn't get hard registers. */ | |
5007 | ||
5008 | int | |
5009 | refers_to_regno_for_reload_p (regno, endregno, x, loc) | |
5010 | int regno, endregno; | |
5011 | rtx x; | |
5012 | rtx *loc; | |
5013 | { | |
5014 | register int i; | |
5015 | register RTX_CODE code; | |
5016 | register char *fmt; | |
5017 | ||
5018 | if (x == 0) | |
5019 | return 0; | |
5020 | ||
5021 | repeat: | |
5022 | code = GET_CODE (x); | |
5023 | ||
5024 | switch (code) | |
5025 | { | |
5026 | case REG: | |
5027 | i = REGNO (x); | |
5028 | ||
4803a34a RK |
5029 | /* If this is a pseudo, a hard register must not have been allocated. |
5030 | X must therefore either be a constant or be in memory. */ | |
5031 | if (i >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
5032 | { | |
5033 | if (reg_equiv_memory_loc[i]) | |
5034 | return refers_to_regno_for_reload_p (regno, endregno, | |
fb3821f7 CH |
5035 | reg_equiv_memory_loc[i], |
5036 | NULL_PTR); | |
4803a34a RK |
5037 | |
5038 | if (reg_equiv_constant[i]) | |
5039 | return 0; | |
5040 | ||
5041 | abort (); | |
5042 | } | |
eab89b90 RK |
5043 | |
5044 | return (endregno > i | |
5045 | && regno < i + (i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
5046 | ? HARD_REGNO_NREGS (i, GET_MODE (x)) | |
5047 | : 1)); | |
5048 | ||
5049 | case SUBREG: | |
5050 | /* If this is a SUBREG of a hard reg, we can see exactly which | |
5051 | registers are being modified. Otherwise, handle normally. */ | |
5052 | if (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (x)) == REG | |
5053 | && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (x)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
5054 | { | |
5055 | int inner_regno = REGNO (SUBREG_REG (x)) + SUBREG_WORD (x); | |
5056 | int inner_endregno | |
5057 | = inner_regno + (inner_regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
5058 | ? HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, GET_MODE (x)) : 1); | |
5059 | ||
5060 | return endregno > inner_regno && regno < inner_endregno; | |
5061 | } | |
5062 | break; | |
5063 | ||
5064 | case CLOBBER: | |
5065 | case SET: | |
5066 | if (&SET_DEST (x) != loc | |
5067 | /* Note setting a SUBREG counts as referring to the REG it is in for | |
5068 | a pseudo but not for hard registers since we can | |
5069 | treat each word individually. */ | |
5070 | && ((GET_CODE (SET_DEST (x)) == SUBREG | |
5071 | && loc != &SUBREG_REG (SET_DEST (x)) | |
5072 | && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (SET_DEST (x))) == REG | |
5073 | && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (SET_DEST (x))) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
5074 | && refers_to_regno_for_reload_p (regno, endregno, | |
5075 | SUBREG_REG (SET_DEST (x)), | |
5076 | loc)) | |
4644aad4 RK |
5077 | /* If the ouput is an earlyclobber operand, this is |
5078 | a conflict. */ | |
5079 | || ((GET_CODE (SET_DEST (x)) != REG | |
5080 | || earlyclobber_operand_p (SET_DEST (x))) | |
eab89b90 RK |
5081 | && refers_to_regno_for_reload_p (regno, endregno, |
5082 | SET_DEST (x), loc)))) | |
5083 | return 1; | |
5084 | ||
5085 | if (code == CLOBBER || loc == &SET_SRC (x)) | |
5086 | return 0; | |
5087 | x = SET_SRC (x); | |
5088 | goto repeat; | |
5089 | } | |
5090 | ||
5091 | /* X does not match, so try its subexpressions. */ | |
5092 | ||
5093 | fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code); | |
5094 | for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--) | |
5095 | { | |
5096 | if (fmt[i] == 'e' && loc != &XEXP (x, i)) | |
5097 | { | |
5098 | if (i == 0) | |
5099 | { | |
5100 | x = XEXP (x, 0); | |
5101 | goto repeat; | |
5102 | } | |
5103 | else | |
5104 | if (refers_to_regno_for_reload_p (regno, endregno, | |
5105 | XEXP (x, i), loc)) | |
5106 | return 1; | |
5107 | } | |
5108 | else if (fmt[i] == 'E') | |
5109 | { | |
5110 | register int j; | |
5111 | for (j = XVECLEN (x, i) - 1; j >=0; j--) | |
5112 | if (loc != &XVECEXP (x, i, j) | |
5113 | && refers_to_regno_for_reload_p (regno, endregno, | |
5114 | XVECEXP (x, i, j), loc)) | |
5115 | return 1; | |
5116 | } | |
5117 | } | |
5118 | return 0; | |
5119 | } | |
bfa30b22 RK |
5120 | |
5121 | /* Nonzero if modifying X will affect IN. If X is a register or a SUBREG, | |
5122 | we check if any register number in X conflicts with the relevant register | |
5123 | numbers. If X is a constant, return 0. If X is a MEM, return 1 iff IN | |
5124 | contains a MEM (we don't bother checking for memory addresses that can't | |
5125 | conflict because we expect this to be a rare case. | |
5126 | ||
5127 | This function is similar to reg_overlap_mention_p in rtlanal.c except | |
5128 | that we look at equivalences for pseudos that didn't get hard registers. */ | |
5129 | ||
5130 | int | |
5131 | reg_overlap_mentioned_for_reload_p (x, in) | |
5132 | rtx x, in; | |
5133 | { | |
5134 | int regno, endregno; | |
5135 | ||
5136 | if (GET_CODE (x) == SUBREG) | |
5137 | { | |
5138 | regno = REGNO (SUBREG_REG (x)); | |
5139 | if (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
5140 | regno += SUBREG_WORD (x); | |
5141 | } | |
5142 | else if (GET_CODE (x) == REG) | |
5143 | { | |
5144 | regno = REGNO (x); | |
4803a34a RK |
5145 | |
5146 | /* If this is a pseudo, it must not have been assigned a hard register. | |
5147 | Therefore, it must either be in memory or be a constant. */ | |
5148 | ||
5149 | if (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
5150 | { | |
5151 | if (reg_equiv_memory_loc[regno]) | |
5152 | return refers_to_mem_for_reload_p (in); | |
5153 | else if (reg_equiv_constant[regno]) | |
5154 | return 0; | |
5155 | abort (); | |
5156 | } | |
bfa30b22 RK |
5157 | } |
5158 | else if (CONSTANT_P (x)) | |
5159 | return 0; | |
5160 | else if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM) | |
4803a34a | 5161 | return refers_to_mem_for_reload_p (in); |
bfa30b22 RK |
5162 | else if (GET_CODE (x) == SCRATCH || GET_CODE (x) == PC |
5163 | || GET_CODE (x) == CC0) | |
5164 | return reg_mentioned_p (x, in); | |
5165 | else | |
5166 | abort (); | |
5167 | ||
5168 | endregno = regno + (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
5169 | ? HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, GET_MODE (x)) : 1); | |
5170 | ||
fb3821f7 | 5171 | return refers_to_regno_for_reload_p (regno, endregno, in, NULL_PTR); |
bfa30b22 | 5172 | } |
4803a34a RK |
5173 | |
5174 | /* Return nonzero if anything in X contains a MEM. Look also for pseudo | |
5175 | registers. */ | |
5176 | ||
5177 | int | |
5178 | refers_to_mem_for_reload_p (x) | |
5179 | rtx x; | |
5180 | { | |
5181 | char *fmt; | |
5182 | int i; | |
5183 | ||
5184 | if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM) | |
5185 | return 1; | |
5186 | ||
5187 | if (GET_CODE (x) == REG) | |
5188 | return (REGNO (x) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
5189 | && reg_equiv_memory_loc[REGNO (x)]); | |
5190 | ||
5191 | fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (GET_CODE (x)); | |
5192 | for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (GET_CODE (x)) - 1; i >= 0; i--) | |
5193 | if (fmt[i] == 'e' | |
5194 | && (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, i)) == MEM | |
5195 | || refers_to_mem_for_reload_p (XEXP (x, i)))) | |
5196 | return 1; | |
5197 | ||
5198 | return 0; | |
5199 | } | |
eab89b90 | 5200 | \f |
eab89b90 RK |
5201 | /* Check the insns before INSN to see if there is a suitable register |
5202 | containing the same value as GOAL. | |
5203 | If OTHER is -1, look for a register in class CLASS. | |
5204 | Otherwise, just see if register number OTHER shares GOAL's value. | |
5205 | ||
5206 | Return an rtx for the register found, or zero if none is found. | |
5207 | ||
5208 | If RELOAD_REG_P is (short *)1, | |
5209 | we reject any hard reg that appears in reload_reg_rtx | |
5210 | because such a hard reg is also needed coming into this insn. | |
5211 | ||
5212 | If RELOAD_REG_P is any other nonzero value, | |
5213 | it is a vector indexed by hard reg number | |
5214 | and we reject any hard reg whose element in the vector is nonnegative | |
5215 | as well as any that appears in reload_reg_rtx. | |
5216 | ||
5217 | If GOAL is zero, then GOALREG is a register number; we look | |
5218 | for an equivalent for that register. | |
5219 | ||
5220 | MODE is the machine mode of the value we want an equivalence for. | |
5221 | If GOAL is nonzero and not VOIDmode, then it must have mode MODE. | |
5222 | ||
5223 | This function is used by jump.c as well as in the reload pass. | |
5224 | ||
5225 | If GOAL is the sum of the stack pointer and a constant, we treat it | |
5226 | as if it were a constant except that sp is required to be unchanging. */ | |
5227 | ||
5228 | rtx | |
5229 | find_equiv_reg (goal, insn, class, other, reload_reg_p, goalreg, mode) | |
5230 | register rtx goal; | |
5231 | rtx insn; | |
5232 | enum reg_class class; | |
5233 | register int other; | |
5234 | short *reload_reg_p; | |
5235 | int goalreg; | |
5236 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
5237 | { | |
5238 | register rtx p = insn; | |
f55b1d97 | 5239 | rtx goaltry, valtry, value, where; |
eab89b90 RK |
5240 | register rtx pat; |
5241 | register int regno = -1; | |
5242 | int valueno; | |
5243 | int goal_mem = 0; | |
5244 | int goal_const = 0; | |
5245 | int goal_mem_addr_varies = 0; | |
5246 | int need_stable_sp = 0; | |
5247 | int nregs; | |
5248 | int valuenregs; | |
5249 | ||
5250 | if (goal == 0) | |
5251 | regno = goalreg; | |
5252 | else if (GET_CODE (goal) == REG) | |
5253 | regno = REGNO (goal); | |
5254 | else if (GET_CODE (goal) == MEM) | |
5255 | { | |
5256 | enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (XEXP (goal, 0)); | |
5257 | if (MEM_VOLATILE_P (goal)) | |
5258 | return 0; | |
5259 | if (flag_float_store && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (goal)) == MODE_FLOAT) | |
5260 | return 0; | |
5261 | /* An address with side effects must be reexecuted. */ | |
5262 | switch (code) | |
5263 | { | |
5264 | case POST_INC: | |
5265 | case PRE_INC: | |
5266 | case POST_DEC: | |
5267 | case PRE_DEC: | |
5268 | return 0; | |
5269 | } | |
5270 | goal_mem = 1; | |
5271 | } | |
5272 | else if (CONSTANT_P (goal)) | |
5273 | goal_const = 1; | |
5274 | else if (GET_CODE (goal) == PLUS | |
5275 | && XEXP (goal, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx | |
5276 | && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (goal, 1))) | |
5277 | goal_const = need_stable_sp = 1; | |
5278 | else | |
5279 | return 0; | |
5280 | ||
5281 | /* On some machines, certain regs must always be rejected | |
5282 | because they don't behave the way ordinary registers do. */ | |
5283 | ||
5284 | #ifdef OVERLAPPING_REGNO_P | |
5285 | if (regno >= 0 && regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
5286 | && OVERLAPPING_REGNO_P (regno)) | |
5287 | return 0; | |
5288 | #endif | |
5289 | ||
5290 | /* Scan insns back from INSN, looking for one that copies | |
5291 | a value into or out of GOAL. | |
5292 | Stop and give up if we reach a label. */ | |
5293 | ||
5294 | while (1) | |
5295 | { | |
5296 | p = PREV_INSN (p); | |
5297 | if (p == 0 || GET_CODE (p) == CODE_LABEL) | |
5298 | return 0; | |
5299 | if (GET_CODE (p) == INSN | |
5300 | /* If we don't want spill regs ... */ | |
a8c9daeb RK |
5301 | && (! (reload_reg_p != 0 |
5302 | && reload_reg_p != (short *) (HOST_WIDE_INT) 1) | |
eab89b90 RK |
5303 | /* ... then ignore insns introduced by reload; they aren't useful |
5304 | and can cause results in reload_as_needed to be different | |
5305 | from what they were when calculating the need for spills. | |
5306 | If we notice an input-reload insn here, we will reject it below, | |
5307 | but it might hide a usable equivalent. That makes bad code. | |
5308 | It may even abort: perhaps no reg was spilled for this insn | |
5309 | because it was assumed we would find that equivalent. */ | |
5310 | || INSN_UID (p) < reload_first_uid)) | |
5311 | { | |
e8094962 | 5312 | rtx tem; |
eab89b90 RK |
5313 | pat = single_set (p); |
5314 | /* First check for something that sets some reg equal to GOAL. */ | |
5315 | if (pat != 0 | |
5316 | && ((regno >= 0 | |
5317 | && true_regnum (SET_SRC (pat)) == regno | |
5318 | && (valueno = true_regnum (valtry = SET_DEST (pat))) >= 0) | |
5319 | || | |
5320 | (regno >= 0 | |
5321 | && true_regnum (SET_DEST (pat)) == regno | |
5322 | && (valueno = true_regnum (valtry = SET_SRC (pat))) >= 0) | |
5323 | || | |
5324 | (goal_const && rtx_equal_p (SET_SRC (pat), goal) | |
5325 | && (valueno = true_regnum (valtry = SET_DEST (pat))) >= 0) | |
5326 | || (goal_mem | |
5327 | && (valueno = true_regnum (valtry = SET_DEST (pat))) >= 0 | |
5328 | && rtx_renumbered_equal_p (goal, SET_SRC (pat))) | |
5329 | || (goal_mem | |
5330 | && (valueno = true_regnum (valtry = SET_SRC (pat))) >= 0 | |
e8094962 RK |
5331 | && rtx_renumbered_equal_p (goal, SET_DEST (pat))) |
5332 | /* If we are looking for a constant, | |
5333 | and something equivalent to that constant was copied | |
5334 | into a reg, we can use that reg. */ | |
fb3821f7 CH |
5335 | || (goal_const && (tem = find_reg_note (p, REG_EQUIV, |
5336 | NULL_RTX)) | |
e8094962 | 5337 | && rtx_equal_p (XEXP (tem, 0), goal) |
95d3562b | 5338 | && (valueno = true_regnum (valtry = SET_DEST (pat))) >= 0) |
fb3821f7 CH |
5339 | || (goal_const && (tem = find_reg_note (p, REG_EQUIV, |
5340 | NULL_RTX)) | |
e8094962 RK |
5341 | && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (pat)) == REG |
5342 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (tem, 0)) == CONST_DOUBLE | |
5343 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (XEXP (tem, 0))) == MODE_FLOAT | |
5344 | && GET_CODE (goal) == CONST_INT | |
f55b1d97 RK |
5345 | && 0 != (goaltry = operand_subword (XEXP (tem, 0), 0, 0, |
5346 | VOIDmode)) | |
5347 | && rtx_equal_p (goal, goaltry) | |
e8094962 RK |
5348 | && (valtry = operand_subword (SET_DEST (pat), 0, 0, |
5349 | VOIDmode)) | |
95d3562b | 5350 | && (valueno = true_regnum (valtry)) >= 0) |
fb3821f7 CH |
5351 | || (goal_const && (tem = find_reg_note (p, REG_EQUIV, |
5352 | NULL_RTX)) | |
e8094962 RK |
5353 | && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (pat)) == REG |
5354 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (tem, 0)) == CONST_DOUBLE | |
5355 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (XEXP (tem, 0))) == MODE_FLOAT | |
5356 | && GET_CODE (goal) == CONST_INT | |
f55b1d97 RK |
5357 | && 0 != (goaltry = operand_subword (XEXP (tem, 0), 1, 0, |
5358 | VOIDmode)) | |
5359 | && rtx_equal_p (goal, goaltry) | |
e8094962 RK |
5360 | && (valtry |
5361 | = operand_subword (SET_DEST (pat), 1, 0, VOIDmode)) | |
95d3562b | 5362 | && (valueno = true_regnum (valtry)) >= 0))) |
eab89b90 RK |
5363 | if (other >= 0 |
5364 | ? valueno == other | |
5365 | : ((unsigned) valueno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
5366 | && TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[(int) class], | |
5367 | valueno))) | |
5368 | { | |
5369 | value = valtry; | |
5370 | where = p; | |
5371 | break; | |
5372 | } | |
5373 | } | |
5374 | } | |
5375 | ||
5376 | /* We found a previous insn copying GOAL into a suitable other reg VALUE | |
5377 | (or copying VALUE into GOAL, if GOAL is also a register). | |
5378 | Now verify that VALUE is really valid. */ | |
5379 | ||
5380 | /* VALUENO is the register number of VALUE; a hard register. */ | |
5381 | ||
5382 | /* Don't try to re-use something that is killed in this insn. We want | |
5383 | to be able to trust REG_UNUSED notes. */ | |
5384 | if (find_reg_note (where, REG_UNUSED, value)) | |
5385 | return 0; | |
5386 | ||
5387 | /* If we propose to get the value from the stack pointer or if GOAL is | |
5388 | a MEM based on the stack pointer, we need a stable SP. */ | |
5389 | if (valueno == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM | |
bfa30b22 RK |
5390 | || (goal_mem && reg_overlap_mentioned_for_reload_p (stack_pointer_rtx, |
5391 | goal))) | |
eab89b90 RK |
5392 | need_stable_sp = 1; |
5393 | ||
5394 | /* Reject VALUE if the copy-insn moved the wrong sort of datum. */ | |
5395 | if (GET_MODE (value) != mode) | |
5396 | return 0; | |
5397 | ||
5398 | /* Reject VALUE if it was loaded from GOAL | |
5399 | and is also a register that appears in the address of GOAL. */ | |
5400 | ||
5401 | if (goal_mem && value == SET_DEST (PATTERN (where)) | |
bfa30b22 RK |
5402 | && refers_to_regno_for_reload_p (valueno, |
5403 | (valueno | |
5404 | + HARD_REGNO_NREGS (valueno, mode)), | |
fb3821f7 | 5405 | goal, NULL_PTR)) |
eab89b90 RK |
5406 | return 0; |
5407 | ||
5408 | /* Reject registers that overlap GOAL. */ | |
5409 | ||
5410 | if (!goal_mem && !goal_const | |
5411 | && regno + HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, mode) > valueno | |
5412 | && regno < valueno + HARD_REGNO_NREGS (valueno, mode)) | |
5413 | return 0; | |
5414 | ||
5415 | /* Reject VALUE if it is one of the regs reserved for reloads. | |
5416 | Reload1 knows how to reuse them anyway, and it would get | |
5417 | confused if we allocated one without its knowledge. | |
5418 | (Now that insns introduced by reload are ignored above, | |
5419 | this case shouldn't happen, but I'm not positive.) */ | |
5420 | ||
a8c9daeb | 5421 | if (reload_reg_p != 0 && reload_reg_p != (short *) (HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 |
eab89b90 RK |
5422 | && reload_reg_p[valueno] >= 0) |
5423 | return 0; | |
5424 | ||
5425 | /* On some machines, certain regs must always be rejected | |
5426 | because they don't behave the way ordinary registers do. */ | |
5427 | ||
5428 | #ifdef OVERLAPPING_REGNO_P | |
5429 | if (OVERLAPPING_REGNO_P (valueno)) | |
5430 | return 0; | |
5431 | #endif | |
5432 | ||
5433 | nregs = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, mode); | |
5434 | valuenregs = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (valueno, mode); | |
5435 | ||
5436 | /* Reject VALUE if it is a register being used for an input reload | |
5437 | even if it is not one of those reserved. */ | |
5438 | ||
5439 | if (reload_reg_p != 0) | |
5440 | { | |
5441 | int i; | |
5442 | for (i = 0; i < n_reloads; i++) | |
5443 | if (reload_reg_rtx[i] != 0 && reload_in[i]) | |
5444 | { | |
5445 | int regno1 = REGNO (reload_reg_rtx[i]); | |
5446 | int nregs1 = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno1, | |
5447 | GET_MODE (reload_reg_rtx[i])); | |
5448 | if (regno1 < valueno + valuenregs | |
5449 | && regno1 + nregs1 > valueno) | |
5450 | return 0; | |
5451 | } | |
5452 | } | |
5453 | ||
5454 | if (goal_mem) | |
54b5ffe9 RS |
5455 | /* We must treat frame pointer as varying here, |
5456 | since it can vary--in a nonlocal goto as generated by expand_goto. */ | |
5457 | goal_mem_addr_varies = !CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (XEXP (goal, 0)); | |
eab89b90 RK |
5458 | |
5459 | /* Now verify that the values of GOAL and VALUE remain unaltered | |
5460 | until INSN is reached. */ | |
5461 | ||
5462 | p = insn; | |
5463 | while (1) | |
5464 | { | |
5465 | p = PREV_INSN (p); | |
5466 | if (p == where) | |
5467 | return value; | |
5468 | ||
5469 | /* Don't trust the conversion past a function call | |
5470 | if either of the two is in a call-clobbered register, or memory. */ | |
5471 | if (GET_CODE (p) == CALL_INSN | |
5472 | && ((regno >= 0 && regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
5473 | && call_used_regs[regno]) | |
5474 | || | |
5475 | (valueno >= 0 && valueno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
5476 | && call_used_regs[valueno]) | |
5477 | || | |
5478 | goal_mem | |
5479 | || need_stable_sp)) | |
5480 | return 0; | |
5481 | ||
5482 | #ifdef INSN_CLOBBERS_REGNO_P | |
5483 | if ((valueno >= 0 && valueno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
5484 | && INSN_CLOBBERS_REGNO_P (p, valueno)) | |
5485 | || (regno >= 0 && regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
5486 | && INSN_CLOBBERS_REGNO_P (p, regno))) | |
5487 | return 0; | |
5488 | #endif | |
5489 | ||
5490 | if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (p)) == 'i') | |
5491 | { | |
5492 | /* If this insn P stores in either GOAL or VALUE, return 0. | |
5493 | If GOAL is a memory ref and this insn writes memory, return 0. | |
5494 | If GOAL is a memory ref and its address is not constant, | |
5495 | and this insn P changes a register used in GOAL, return 0. */ | |
5496 | ||
5497 | pat = PATTERN (p); | |
5498 | if (GET_CODE (pat) == SET || GET_CODE (pat) == CLOBBER) | |
5499 | { | |
5500 | register rtx dest = SET_DEST (pat); | |
5501 | while (GET_CODE (dest) == SUBREG | |
5502 | || GET_CODE (dest) == ZERO_EXTRACT | |
5503 | || GET_CODE (dest) == SIGN_EXTRACT | |
5504 | || GET_CODE (dest) == STRICT_LOW_PART) | |
5505 | dest = XEXP (dest, 0); | |
5506 | if (GET_CODE (dest) == REG) | |
5507 | { | |
5508 | register int xregno = REGNO (dest); | |
5509 | int xnregs; | |
5510 | if (REGNO (dest) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
5511 | xnregs = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (xregno, GET_MODE (dest)); | |
5512 | else | |
5513 | xnregs = 1; | |
5514 | if (xregno < regno + nregs && xregno + xnregs > regno) | |
5515 | return 0; | |
5516 | if (xregno < valueno + valuenregs | |
5517 | && xregno + xnregs > valueno) | |
5518 | return 0; | |
5519 | if (goal_mem_addr_varies | |
bfa30b22 | 5520 | && reg_overlap_mentioned_for_reload_p (dest, goal)) |
eab89b90 RK |
5521 | return 0; |
5522 | } | |
5523 | else if (goal_mem && GET_CODE (dest) == MEM | |
5524 | && ! push_operand (dest, GET_MODE (dest))) | |
5525 | return 0; | |
5526 | else if (need_stable_sp && push_operand (dest, GET_MODE (dest))) | |
5527 | return 0; | |
5528 | } | |
5529 | else if (GET_CODE (pat) == PARALLEL) | |
5530 | { | |
5531 | register int i; | |
5532 | for (i = XVECLEN (pat, 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--) | |
5533 | { | |
5534 | register rtx v1 = XVECEXP (pat, 0, i); | |
5535 | if (GET_CODE (v1) == SET || GET_CODE (v1) == CLOBBER) | |
5536 | { | |
5537 | register rtx dest = SET_DEST (v1); | |
5538 | while (GET_CODE (dest) == SUBREG | |
5539 | || GET_CODE (dest) == ZERO_EXTRACT | |
5540 | || GET_CODE (dest) == SIGN_EXTRACT | |
5541 | || GET_CODE (dest) == STRICT_LOW_PART) | |
5542 | dest = XEXP (dest, 0); | |
5543 | if (GET_CODE (dest) == REG) | |
5544 | { | |
5545 | register int xregno = REGNO (dest); | |
5546 | int xnregs; | |
5547 | if (REGNO (dest) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
5548 | xnregs = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (xregno, GET_MODE (dest)); | |
5549 | else | |
5550 | xnregs = 1; | |
5551 | if (xregno < regno + nregs | |
5552 | && xregno + xnregs > regno) | |
5553 | return 0; | |
5554 | if (xregno < valueno + valuenregs | |
5555 | && xregno + xnregs > valueno) | |
5556 | return 0; | |
5557 | if (goal_mem_addr_varies | |
bfa30b22 RK |
5558 | && reg_overlap_mentioned_for_reload_p (dest, |
5559 | goal)) | |
eab89b90 RK |
5560 | return 0; |
5561 | } | |
5562 | else if (goal_mem && GET_CODE (dest) == MEM | |
5563 | && ! push_operand (dest, GET_MODE (dest))) | |
5564 | return 0; | |
5565 | else if (need_stable_sp | |
5566 | && push_operand (dest, GET_MODE (dest))) | |
5567 | return 0; | |
5568 | } | |
5569 | } | |
5570 | } | |
5571 | ||
5572 | #ifdef AUTO_INC_DEC | |
5573 | /* If this insn auto-increments or auto-decrements | |
5574 | either regno or valueno, return 0 now. | |
5575 | If GOAL is a memory ref and its address is not constant, | |
5576 | and this insn P increments a register used in GOAL, return 0. */ | |
5577 | { | |
5578 | register rtx link; | |
5579 | ||
5580 | for (link = REG_NOTES (p); link; link = XEXP (link, 1)) | |
5581 | if (REG_NOTE_KIND (link) == REG_INC | |
5582 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (link, 0)) == REG) | |
5583 | { | |
5584 | register int incno = REGNO (XEXP (link, 0)); | |
5585 | if (incno < regno + nregs && incno >= regno) | |
5586 | return 0; | |
5587 | if (incno < valueno + valuenregs && incno >= valueno) | |
5588 | return 0; | |
5589 | if (goal_mem_addr_varies | |
bfa30b22 RK |
5590 | && reg_overlap_mentioned_for_reload_p (XEXP (link, 0), |
5591 | goal)) | |
eab89b90 RK |
5592 | return 0; |
5593 | } | |
5594 | } | |
5595 | #endif | |
5596 | } | |
5597 | } | |
5598 | } | |
5599 | \f | |
5600 | /* Find a place where INCED appears in an increment or decrement operator | |
5601 | within X, and return the amount INCED is incremented or decremented by. | |
5602 | The value is always positive. */ | |
5603 | ||
5604 | static int | |
5605 | find_inc_amount (x, inced) | |
5606 | rtx x, inced; | |
5607 | { | |
5608 | register enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x); | |
5609 | register char *fmt; | |
5610 | register int i; | |
5611 | ||
5612 | if (code == MEM) | |
5613 | { | |
5614 | register rtx addr = XEXP (x, 0); | |
5615 | if ((GET_CODE (addr) == PRE_DEC | |
5616 | || GET_CODE (addr) == POST_DEC | |
5617 | || GET_CODE (addr) == PRE_INC | |
5618 | || GET_CODE (addr) == POST_INC) | |
5619 | && XEXP (addr, 0) == inced) | |
5620 | return GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)); | |
5621 | } | |
5622 | ||
5623 | fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code); | |
5624 | for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--) | |
5625 | { | |
5626 | if (fmt[i] == 'e') | |
5627 | { | |
5628 | register int tem = find_inc_amount (XEXP (x, i), inced); | |
5629 | if (tem != 0) | |
5630 | return tem; | |
5631 | } | |
5632 | if (fmt[i] == 'E') | |
5633 | { | |
5634 | register int j; | |
5635 | for (j = XVECLEN (x, i) - 1; j >= 0; j--) | |
5636 | { | |
5637 | register int tem = find_inc_amount (XVECEXP (x, i, j), inced); | |
5638 | if (tem != 0) | |
5639 | return tem; | |
5640 | } | |
5641 | } | |
5642 | } | |
5643 | ||
5644 | return 0; | |
5645 | } | |
5646 | \f | |
5647 | /* Return 1 if register REGNO is the subject of a clobber in insn INSN. */ | |
5648 | ||
5649 | int | |
5650 | regno_clobbered_p (regno, insn) | |
5651 | int regno; | |
5652 | rtx insn; | |
5653 | { | |
5654 | if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == CLOBBER | |
5655 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0)) == REG) | |
5656 | return REGNO (XEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0)) == regno; | |
5657 | ||
5658 | if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL) | |
5659 | { | |
5660 | int i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; | |
5661 | ||
5662 | for (; i >= 0; i--) | |
5663 | { | |
5664 | rtx elt = XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i); | |
5665 | if (GET_CODE (elt) == CLOBBER && GET_CODE (XEXP (elt, 0)) == REG | |
5666 | && REGNO (XEXP (elt, 0)) == regno) | |
5667 | return 1; | |
5668 | } | |
5669 | } | |
5670 | ||
5671 | return 0; | |
5672 | } |